]> git.ipfire.org Git - people/ms/u-boot.git/blame - README
lib/asm-offsets - make GD_RELOCADDR, GD_RELOC_OFF & GD_START_ADDR_SP available for...
[people/ms/u-boot.git] / README
CommitLineData
c609719b 1#
eca3aeb3 2# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
c609719b
WD
3# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
eca3aeb3 5# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
c609719b
WD
6#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
24ee89b9 11This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
e86e5a07
WD
12Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
c609719b
WD
16
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
24ee89b9
WD
18the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
c609719b
WD
20support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
24ee89b9 34Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
c609719b
WD
35"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
24ee89b9 37In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
27af930e 38who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
218ca724 39maintainers.
c609719b 40
adb9d851
RD
41Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
c609719b
WD
46
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
24ee89b9
WD
50In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
0c32565f
PT
52<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
c609719b
WD
56
57
218ca724
WD
58Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
11ccc33f 66any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
218ca724
WD
67available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
d4ee711d 70Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
218ca724
WD
71ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
c609719b
WD
74Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
24ee89b9 78- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
c609719b
WD
79- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
11ccc33f 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
24ee89b9 87- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
c609719b 88- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
24ee89b9 89- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
0d28f34b 90- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
24ee89b9
WD
91
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
c609719b
WD
113
114
93f19cc0
WD
115Versioning:
116===========
117
360d883a
TW
118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124
125Examples:
c0f40859 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
360d883a
TW
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
93f19cc0
WD
129
130
c609719b
WD
131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
8d321b81 134/arch Architecture specific files
6eae68e4
MY
135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
6eb0921a 143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
a9046b9e
WD
144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
8d321b81
PT
146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
8d321b81 148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
8d321b81
PT
149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
92bbd64e 170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
6eae68e4 171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
8d321b81 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
afc1ce82
ML
173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
a47a12be 183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
8d321b81 184 /cpu CPU specific files
8d321b81
PT
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
8d321b81
PT
188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
33c7731b 212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
8d321b81
PT
213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
33c7731b 222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
8d321b81 223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
c609719b 224
c609719b
WD
225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
6d0f6bcf 240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
c609719b
WD
241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
ab584d67 253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
c609719b
WD
254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
ab584d67 258 make TQM823L_defconfig
c609719b 259
11ccc33f 260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
ab584d67 261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
c609719b
WD
262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
75b3c3aa
SG
265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
6b1978f8 273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
75b3c3aa
SG
274
275
db910353
SG
276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
c609719b
WD
345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
7f6c2cbc
WD
356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
c609719b
WD
361The following options need to be configured:
362
2628114e
KP
363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
364
365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
6ccec449
WD
366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
09ea0de0 368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
c609719b
WD
369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
11ccc33f 388 the LCD display every second with
c609719b
WD
389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
cf946c6d
LW
391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
11ccc33f 396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
66ca92a5
WD
397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
5da627a4
WD
399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
66ca92a5
WD
401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
c609719b 403
66ca92a5 404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
66ca92a5 407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
75d1ea7f
WD
408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
6d0f6bcf 410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
75d1ea7f 411
ba56f625
WD
412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
6d0f6bcf 417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
75d1ea7f 418
506f3918
HS
419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
66412c63 424- 85xx CPU Options:
ffd06e02
YS
425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
66412c63
KG
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
8f29084a
KG
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
afa6b551
PK
442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
33eee330
SW
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
74fa22ed
PK
471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
b445bbb4 473 required during NOR boot.
74fa22ed 474
9f074e67
PK
475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
b445bbb4 477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
9f074e67 478
33eee330
SW
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
64501c66
PJ
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
765b0bdb
PJ
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
64501c66
PJ
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
765b0bdb
PJ
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
b135991a
PJ
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
fb4a2409
AB
504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
aade2004 508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
b445bbb4 509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
aade2004
TY
510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
6cb461b4 512- Generic CPU options:
2a1680e3
YS
513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
6cb461b4
DS
519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
5614e71b
YS
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
34e026f9
YS
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
9ac4ffbd
YS
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
5614e71b
YS
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
34e026f9
YS
563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
5614e71b 572
1b4175d6
PK
573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
690e4258
PK
579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
89ad7be8
PK
588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
4e5b1bd0
YS
592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
6b9e309a
YS
598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
6b1e1254
YS
603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
1d71efbb
YS
608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
028dbb8d
RG
614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
0b953ffc 620- Intel Monahans options:
6d0f6bcf 621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
0b953ffc
MK
622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
6d0f6bcf 627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
cf48eb9a 628
0b953ffc
MK
629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
cf48eb9a 631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
0b953ffc 632 by this value.
cf48eb9a 633
92bbd64e
DS
634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
b67d8816
CR
666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
5356f545
A
672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
c5d4752c 680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
0678587f
SW
681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
f71cbfe3 684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
b7588e3b 685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
0678587f
SW
686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
38687ae6
SG
693- Driver Model
694 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
695 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
696 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
697 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
698 handling of platform data and device tree.
699
700 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
701 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
702 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
703 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
704 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
705 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
706 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
707 not change with driver model.
708
709 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
710
711 CONFIG_DM
712
713 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
714 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
715 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
716 scanned also when available.
717
718 CONFIG_CMD_DM
719
720 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
721 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
722
723 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
724
725 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
726 really only useful for playing around while trying to
727 understand driver model in sandbox.
728
729 CONFIG_SPL_DM
730
731 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
732 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
733 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
734 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
735 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
736 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
737 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
738 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
739 it.
740
741 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
742
743 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
744 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
745 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
746 defined in include/serial.h.
747
748 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
749
750 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
751 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
752 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
753 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
754 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
755
756 CONFIG_DM_SPI
757
758 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
759 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
760 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
761 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
762 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
763 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
764 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
765 spi_slave structure.
766
767 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
768
769 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
770 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
771 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
772 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
773 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
774 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
775 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
776 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
777 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
778 for one and not the other).
779
780 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
781
782 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
783 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
784 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
785 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
786 conversion is not yet possible.
787
788
789 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
790 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
791 features in SPL.
792
793 CONFIG_DM_WARN
794
795 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
796 of space for its strings.
797
798 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
799
800 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
801
802 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
803
804 Enable removing of devices.
805
806
5da627a4 807- Linux Kernel Interface:
c609719b
WD
808 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
809
810 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
811 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
812 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
813 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
814 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
815 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
816 Linux kernel.
c609719b 817 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
218ca724 818 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
c609719b
WD
819 default environment.
820
5da627a4
WD
821 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
822
b445bbb4 823 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
5da627a4
WD
824 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
825 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
826
fec6d9ee 827 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
f57f70aa
WD
828
829 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
213bf8c8
GVB
830 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
831 concepts).
832
833 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
834 * New libfdt-based support
835 * Adds the "fdt" command
3bb342fc 836 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
213bf8c8 837
b55ae402
MZ
838 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
839 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
840 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
841 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
f57f70aa 842 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
c2871f03 843 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
f57f70aa 844
11ccc33f
MZ
845 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
846 addresses
3bb342fc 847
4e253137
KG
848 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
849
850 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
851 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
f57f70aa 852
c654b517
SG
853 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
854
855 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
856 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
857 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
858 the kernel.
859
0267768e
MM
860 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
861
11ccc33f 862 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
0267768e
MM
863 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
864
3887c3fb
HS
865 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
866
867 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
868 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
869 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
870 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
871 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
872 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
873
7eb29398
IG
874 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
875
876 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
877 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
878 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
879 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
880 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
881 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
882 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
883
0b2f4eca
NG
884- vxWorks boot parameters:
885
886 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
887 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
888 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
889
890 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
891 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
892 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
893 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
894
895 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
896
897 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
898
899 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
900 the defaults discussed just above.
901
2c451f78
A
902- Cache Configuration:
903 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
904 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
905 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
906
93bc2193
A
907- Cache Configuration for ARM:
908 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
909 controller
910 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
911 controller register space
912
6705d81e 913- Serial Ports:
48d0192f 914 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
915
916 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
917
48d0192f 918 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
919
920 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
921
922 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
923
924 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
925 the clock speed of the UARTs.
926
927 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
928
929 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
930 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
931 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
932
910f1ae3
JR
933 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
934
935 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
936 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
937 this variable to initialize the extra register.
938
939 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
940
941 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
942 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
943 variable to flush the UART at init time.
944
d57dee57
KM
945 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
946
947 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
948 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
6705d81e 949
c609719b 950- Console Interface:
43d9616c
WD
951 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
952 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
953 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
954 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
c609719b
WD
955
956 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
957 port routines must be defined elsewhere
958 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
959
960 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
961 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
c53043b7 962 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
c609719b
WD
963 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
964 (default big endian)
965 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
966 rectangle fill
967 (cf. smiLynxEM)
968 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
969 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
970 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
971 (cols=pitch)
ba56f625
WD
972 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
973 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
c609719b
WD
974 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
975 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
ba56f625 976 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
c609719b
WD
977 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
978 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
979 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
980 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
981 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
982 (i.e. i8042_getc)
983 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
984 (requires blink timer
985 cf. i8042.c)
6d0f6bcf 986 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
c609719b
WD
987 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
988 upper right corner
602ad3b3 989 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
c609719b
WD
990 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
991 upper left corner
a6c7ad2f
WD
992 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
993 linux_logo.h for logo.
994 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
c609719b 995 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
11ccc33f 996 additional board info beside
c609719b
WD
997 the logo
998
33a35bbb
PR
999 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
1000 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
1001 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
1002
43d9616c
WD
1003 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
1004 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
1005 environment 'console=serial'.
c609719b 1006
d4ca31c4
WD
1007 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
1008 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
1009 the "silent" environment variable. See
1010 doc/README.silent for more information.
a3ad8e26 1011
45ae2546
HS
1012 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
1013 is 0x00.
1014 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
1015 is 0xa0.
1016
c609719b
WD
1017- Console Baudrate:
1018 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
1019 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1020 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
1021 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
c609719b 1022
c92fac91
HS
1023- Console Rx buffer length
1024 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
1025 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
2b3f12c2 1026 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
c92fac91
HS
1027 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
1028 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
1029 the SMC.
1030
9558b48a 1031- Pre-Console Buffer:
4cf2609b
WD
1032 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
1033 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
1034 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
1035 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
1036 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
1037 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
1038 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
6feff899 1039 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
4cf2609b
WD
1040 earlier bytes are discarded.
1041
1042 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
1043 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
9558b48a 1044
046a37bd
SR
1045- Safe printf() functions
1046 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
1047 the printf() functions. These are defined in
1048 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
1049 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
1050 If this option is not given then these functions will
1051 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
1052 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
1053
c609719b
WD
1054- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
1055 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
1056 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
93d7212f
JH
1057 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
1058 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
c609719b
WD
1059
1060 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
1061 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
1062 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
1063 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
1064 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
1065 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
1066 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
1067 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
1068 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
1069 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
1070 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
1071 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
1072
1073- Autoboot Command:
1074 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1075 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1076 define a command string that is automatically executed
1077 when no character is read on the console interface
1078 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1079
1080 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
43d9616c
WD
1081 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1082 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1083 environment value "bootargs".
c609719b
WD
1084
1085 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
43d9616c
WD
1086 The value of these goes into the environment as
1087 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1088 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
11ccc33f 1089 RAM and NFS.
c609719b 1090
eda0ba38
HS
1091- Bootcount:
1092 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1093 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1094 cycle, see:
1095 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1096
1097 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1098 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1099 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1100 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1101 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1102 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1103 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1104 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1105 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1106
c609719b
WD
1107- Pre-Boot Commands:
1108 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1109
1110 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1111 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1112 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1113 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1114 entering interactive mode.
1115
1116 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1117 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1118 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1119 modified when the user holds down a certain
1120 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1121 booting the systems
1122
1123- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1124 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1125 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1126 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1127 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1128 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1129 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1130 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1131
602ad3b3 1132- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
c609719b
WD
1133 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1134 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf 1135 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
c609719b
WD
1136
1137- Monitor Functions:
602ad3b3
JL
1138 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1139 from the build by using the #include files
c6c621bd
SW
1140 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1141 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
602ad3b3
JL
1142 and augmenting with additional #define's
1143 for wanted commands.
1144
1145 The default command configuration includes all commands
1146 except those marked below with a "*".
1147
b401b73d 1148 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
602ad3b3 1149 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1150 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1151 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1152 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1153 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1154 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
d2b2ffe3 1155 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
602ad3b3 1156 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
08d0d6f3 1157 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
602ad3b3 1158 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
710b9938 1159 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
602ad3b3
JL
1160 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1161 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1162 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
a7c93104
PT
1163 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1164 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1165 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1166 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
602ad3b3
JL
1167 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1168 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
246c6922 1169 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1170 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1171 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
5e2b3e0c 1172 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
fffad71b 1173 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
88733e2c 1174 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
0c79cda0 1175 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
03e2ecf6
SW
1176 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1177 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
16f4d933
SW
1178 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1179 that work for multiple fs types
59e890ef 1180 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
bdab39d3 1181 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
602ad3b3 1182 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
03e2ecf6 1183 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
602ad3b3
JL
1184 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1185 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
4d98b5c8 1186 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
53fdc7ef 1187 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
a641b979 1188 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
a000b795 1189 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
bf36c5d5 1190 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
602ad3b3
JL
1191 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1192 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1193 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1194 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
8fdf1e0f 1195 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1196 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
602ad3b3 1197 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
aa53233a 1198 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
0c79cda0 1199 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
c167cc02 1200 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
602ad3b3
JL
1201 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1202 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1203 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1204 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
4d98b5c8 1205 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
d22c338e
JH
1206 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1207 (169.254.*.*)
602ad3b3
JL
1208 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1209 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
4d98b5c8 1210 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
02c9aa1d 1211 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
15a33e49 1212 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
602ad3b3 1213 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
a2681707 1214 loop, loopw
4d98b5c8 1215 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
602ad3b3
JL
1216 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1217 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1218 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
68d7d651 1219 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
602ad3b3
JL
1220 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1221 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
4d98b5c8 1222 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
e92739d3 1223 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
c0f40859 1224 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
602ad3b3
JL
1225 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1226 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1227 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1228 host
1229 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
ff048ea9 1230 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
602ad3b3
JL
1231 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1232 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
d304931f 1233 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
602ad3b3
JL
1234 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1235 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1236 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1237 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1238 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1239 (4xx only)
f61ec45e 1240 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1241 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
02c9aa1d 1242 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
7d861d95 1243 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
74de7aef 1244 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
602ad3b3 1245 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
7a83af07 1246 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1fb7cd49 1247 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
da83bcd7
JH
1248 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1249 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
602ad3b3 1250 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
602ad3b3 1251 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
c8339f51 1252 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
4d98b5c8 1253 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
89c8230d 1254 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
c609719b
WD
1255
1256 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1257 support you can write:
1258
602ad3b3
JL
1259 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1260 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
c609719b 1261
213bf8c8
GVB
1262 Other Commands:
1263 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
c609719b
WD
1264
1265 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
602ad3b3 1266 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
43d9616c
WD
1267 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1268 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1269 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1270 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1271 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1272 initial stack and some data.
c609719b
WD
1273
1274
1275 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1276
a5ecbe62
WD
1277- Regular expression support:
1278 CONFIG_REGEX
93e14596
WD
1279 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1280 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1281 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1282 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
a5ecbe62 1283
45ba8077
SG
1284- Device tree:
1285 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1286 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1287 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1288 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1289 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1290 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1291
2c0f79e4
SG
1292 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1293 be done using one of the two options below:
bbb0b128
SG
1294
1295 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1296 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1297 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1298 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1299 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1300 the global data structure as gd->blob.
45ba8077 1301
2c0f79e4
SG
1302 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1303 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1304 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1305 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1306
1307 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1308
1309 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1310 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1311 still use the individual files if you need something more
1312 exotic.
1313
c609719b
WD
1314- Watchdog:
1315 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1316 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
6abe6fb6
DZ
1317 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1318 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1319 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1320 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1321 available, then no further board specific code should
1322 be needed to use it.
1323
1324 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1325 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1326 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1327 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
c609719b 1328
7bae0d6f
HS
1329 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1330 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1331
c1551ea8
SR
1332- U-Boot Version:
1333 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1334 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1335 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1336 version as printed by the "version" command.
a1ea8e51
BT
1337 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1338 next reset.
c1551ea8 1339
c609719b
WD
1340- Real-Time Clock:
1341
602ad3b3 1342 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
c609719b
WD
1343 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1344 following options:
1345
1346 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1347 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
4e8b7544 1348 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
c609719b 1349 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1cb8e980 1350 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
c609719b 1351 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
7f70e853 1352 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
412921d2 1353 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
3bac3513 1354 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
9536dfcc 1355 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
4c0d4c3b 1356 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
6d0f6bcf 1357 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
71d19f30
HS
1358 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1359 RV3029 RTC.
c609719b 1360
b37c7e5e
WD
1361 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1362 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1363
e92739d3
PT
1364- GPIO Support:
1365 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
e92739d3 1366
5dec49ca
CP
1367 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1368 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1369 pins supported by a particular chip.
1370
e92739d3
PT
1371 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1372 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1373
aa53233a
SG
1374- I/O tracing:
1375 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1376 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1377 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1378 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1379 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1380 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1381 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1382 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1383
1384 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1385 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1386 still continue to operate.
1387
1388 iotrace is enabled
1389 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1390 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1391 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1392 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1393 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1394 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1395
c609719b
WD
1396- Timestamp Support:
1397
43d9616c
WD
1398 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1399 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1400 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
602ad3b3 1401 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
c609719b 1402
923c46f9
KP
1403- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1404 Zero or more of the following:
1405 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1406 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1407 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1408 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1409 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1410 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1411 disk/part_efi.c
1412 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
c609719b 1413
218ca724
WD
1414 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1415 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
923c46f9 1416 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
c609719b
WD
1417
1418- IDE Reset method:
4d13cbad
WD
1419 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1420 board configurations files but used nowhere!
c609719b 1421
4d13cbad
WD
1422 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1423 be performed by calling the function
1424 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1425 which has to be defined in a board specific file
c609719b
WD
1426
1427- ATAPI Support:
1428 CONFIG_ATAPI
1429
1430 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1431
c40b2956
WD
1432- LBA48 Support
1433 CONFIG_LBA48
1434
1435 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
4b142feb 1436 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
c40b2956
WD
1437 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1438 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1439
6d0f6bcf 1440 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
c40b2956
WD
1441 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1442 Default is 32bit.
1443
c609719b
WD
1444- SCSI Support:
1445 At the moment only there is only support for the
1446 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1447 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1448
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1449 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1450 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1451 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
c609719b
WD
1452 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1453 devices.
6d0f6bcf 1454 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
c609719b 1455
93e14596
WD
1456 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1457 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
447c031b 1458
c609719b 1459- NETWORK Support (PCI):
682011ff 1460 CONFIG_E1000
ce5207e1
KM
1461 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1462
1463 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1464 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1465 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1466 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1467
1468 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1469 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1470 example with the "sspi" command.
1471
1472 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1473 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1474 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
53cf9435 1475
ac3315c2 1476 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
11ccc33f 1477 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
ac3315c2 1478
c609719b
WD
1479 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1480 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
11ccc33f 1481 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
c609719b
WD
1482 write routine for first time initialisation.
1483
1484 CONFIG_TULIP
1485 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1486 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1487 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1488
1489 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1490 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1491
1492 CONFIG_NS8382X
1493 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1494
45219c46
WD
1495- NETWORK Support (other):
1496
c041e9d2
JS
1497 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1498 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1499
1500 CONFIG_RMII
1501 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1502
1503 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1504 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1505 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1506
efdd7319
RH
1507 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1508 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1509
3bb46d23 1510 CONFIG_LAN91C96
45219c46
WD
1511 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1512
1513 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1514 Define this to hold the physical address
1515 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1516
1517 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1518 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1519
3bb46d23 1520 CONFIG_SMC91111
f39748ae
WD
1521 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1522
1523 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1524 Define this to hold the physical address
1525 of the device (I/O space)
1526
1527 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1528 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1529
1530 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1531 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1532 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1533
dc02bada
HS
1534 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1535 Support for davinci emac
1536
1537 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1538 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1539
b3dbf4a5
ML
1540 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1541 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1542
1543 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1544 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1545 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1546 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1547 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1548 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1549 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1550 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1551
c2fff331 1552 CONFIG_SMC911X
557b377d
JG
1553 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1554
c2fff331 1555 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
557b377d
JG
1556 Define this to hold the physical address
1557 of the device (I/O space)
1558
c2fff331 1559 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
557b377d
JG
1560 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1561
c2fff331 1562 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
557b377d
JG
1563 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1564 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
c2fff331 1565 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
557b377d 1566
3d0075fa
YS
1567 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1568 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1569
1570 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1571 Define the number of ports to be used
1572
1573 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1574 Define the ETH PHY's address
1575
68260aab
YS
1576 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1577 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1578
b2f97cf2
HS
1579- PWM Support:
1580 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1581 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1582
5e124724 1583- TPM Support:
90899cc0
CC
1584 CONFIG_TPM
1585 Support TPM devices.
1586
1b393db5
TWHT
1587 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1588 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1589 per system is supported at this time.
1590
1591 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1592 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1593
1594 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1595 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1596
1597 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1598 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1599
c01939c7
DE
1600 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1601 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1602
90899cc0 1603 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
5e124724
VB
1604 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1605 per system is supported at this time.
1606
1607 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1608 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1609 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1610 0xfed40000.
1611
be6c1529
RP
1612 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1613 Add tpm monitor functions.
1614 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1615 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1616
1617 CONFIG_TPM
1618 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1619 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1620 Requires support for a TPM device.
1621
1622 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1623 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1624 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1625
c609719b
WD
1626- USB Support:
1627 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
4d13cbad 1628 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
c609719b
WD
1629 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1630 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
30d56fae 1631 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
c609719b
WD
1632 storage devices.
1633 Note:
1634 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1635 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
4d13cbad
WD
1636 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1637 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1638 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
307ecb6d
EM
1639 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1640 for USB on PSC3
4d13cbad
WD
1641 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1642 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1643 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
307ecb6d
EM
1644 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1645 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
6d0f6bcf 1646 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
fdcfaa1b
ZW
1647 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1648 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
4d13cbad 1649
9ab4ce22
SG
1650 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1651 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1652
6e9e0626
OT
1653 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1654 HW module registers.
1655
16c8d5e7
WD
1656- USB Device:
1657 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1658 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1659 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
11ccc33f 1660 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
16c8d5e7
WD
1661 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1662 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
386eda02 1663 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
16c8d5e7
WD
1664 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1665 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1666 a Linux host by
1667 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1668 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1669 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1670 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
386eda02 1671
16c8d5e7
WD
1672 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1673 Define this to build a UDC device
1674
1675 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1676 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1677 talk to the UDC device
386eda02 1678
f9da0f89
VK
1679 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1680 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1681 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1682 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1683 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1684 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1685 speed.
1686
6d0f6bcf 1687 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
16c8d5e7
WD
1688 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1689 be set to usbtty.
1690
1691 mpc8xx:
6d0f6bcf 1692 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1693 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
6d0f6bcf 1694 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
386eda02 1695
6d0f6bcf 1696 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1697 Derive USB clock from brgclk
6d0f6bcf 1698 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
16c8d5e7 1699
386eda02 1700 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
16c8d5e7 1701 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
386eda02 1702 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
16c8d5e7
WD
1703 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1704 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1705 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1706
1707 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1708 Define this string as the name of your company for
1709 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
386eda02 1710
16c8d5e7
WD
1711 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1712 Define this string as the name of your product
1713 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1714
1715 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1716 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1717 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1718 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1719 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
386eda02 1720
16c8d5e7
WD
1721 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1722 Define this as the unique Product ID
1723 for your device
1724 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
4d13cbad 1725
d70a560f
IG
1726- ULPI Layer Support:
1727 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1728 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1729 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1730 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1731 viewport is supported.
1732 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1733 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
6d365ea0
LS
1734 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1735 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1736 the appropriate value in Hz.
c609719b 1737
71f95118 1738- MMC Support:
8bde7f77
WD
1739 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1740 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1741 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
71f95118 1742 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
602ad3b3
JL
1743 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1744 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
71f95118 1745
afb35666
YS
1746 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1747 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1748
1749 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1750 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1751
1752 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1753 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1754
1fd93c6e
PA
1755 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1756 Enable the generic MMC driver
1757
1758 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1759 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1760
1761 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1762 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1763 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1764
b3ba6e94
TR
1765- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1766 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1767 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1768
1769 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1770 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1771 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1772 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1773 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1774
1775 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1776 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1777
c6631764
PA
1778 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1779 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1780
a9479f04
AM
1781 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1782 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1783 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1784 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1785 one that would help mostly the developer.
1786
e7e75c70
HS
1787 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1788 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1789 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1790 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1791 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1792
ea2453d5
PA
1793 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1794 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1795 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1796 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1797 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1798 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1799
001a8319
HS
1800 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1801 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1802 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1803 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1804
1805 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1806 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1807 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1808 sending again an USB request to the device.
1809
3aab70af
SS
1810- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1811 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1812 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1813 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1814 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1815 used on Android devices.
1816 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1817
1818 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1819 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1820 image format header.
1821
1822 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1823 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1824 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1825 downloaded images.
1826
1827 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1828 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1829 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1830 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
d1b5ed07
SR
1831
1832 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1833 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1834 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1835 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1836
1837 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1838 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1839 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1840 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
3aab70af 1841
0ff7e585
SR
1842 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1843 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1844 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1845 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1846 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1847 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1848 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1849 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1850
6705d81e
WD
1851- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1852 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1853 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1854 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1855
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1856 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1857 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
6705d81e
WD
1858 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1859
6d0f6bcf 1860 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
6705d81e
WD
1861 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1862 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1863
1864 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
6d0f6bcf 1865 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
6705d81e
WD
1866 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1867 have not defined a custom partition
1868
c30a15e5
DK
1869- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1870 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
656f4c65
DK
1871
1872 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1873 file in FAT formatted partition.
1874
1875 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1876 user to write files to FAT.
c30a15e5 1877
84cd9327
GB
1878CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1879 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1880
1881 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1882 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1883 and cbfsload.
1884
4f0d1a2a
SDPP
1885- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1886 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1887
1888 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1889 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1890
c609719b
WD
1891- Keyboard Support:
1892 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1893
1894 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1895 support
1896
1897 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1898 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1899 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1900 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1901 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1902
713cb680
HT
1903 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1904 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1905 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1906 which provides key scans on request.
1907
c609719b
WD
1908- Video support:
1909 CONFIG_VIDEO
1910
1911 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1912 video).
1913
1914 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1915
1916 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1917
1918 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
b79a11cc 1919 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
eeb1b77b
WD
1920 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1921 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1922 assumed.
1923
b79a11cc 1924 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
11ccc33f 1925 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
eeb1b77b
WD
1926 are possible:
1927 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
6e592385 1928 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
eeb1b77b
WD
1929
1930 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1931 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1932 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1933 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1934 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1935 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1936 -------------+---------------------------------------------
c609719b
WD
1937 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1938
b79a11cc 1939 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
7817cb20 1940 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
eeb1b77b
WD
1941
1942
c1551ea8 1943 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
43d9616c 1944 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
a6c7ad2f
WD
1945 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1946 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1947
7d3053fb 1948 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
04e5ae79 1949 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
7d3053fb
TT
1950 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1951 support, and should also define these other macros:
1952
1953 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1954 CONFIG_VIDEO
1955 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1956 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1957 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1958 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1959 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1960 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1961
ba8e76bd
TT
1962 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1963 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1964 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1965 description of this variable.
7d3053fb 1966
058d59b0
SG
1967 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1968
1969 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1970 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1971 driver.
1972
1973
682011ff 1974- Keyboard Support:
8bde7f77 1975 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
682011ff 1976
8bde7f77
WD
1977 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1978 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1979 defined in your board-specific files.
1980 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
a6c7ad2f 1981
c609719b
WD
1982- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1983
1984 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1985 display); also select one of the supported displays
1986 by defining one of these:
1987
39cf4804
SP
1988 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1989
1990 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1991
fd3103bb 1992 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
c609719b 1993
fd3103bb 1994 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
c609719b 1995
fd3103bb 1996 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
c609719b 1997
fd3103bb
WD
1998 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1999 Active, color, single scan.
2000
2001 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
2002
2003 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
c609719b
WD
2004 Active, color, single scan.
2005
2006 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
2007
2008 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
2009 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
2010
2011 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
2012
2013 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
2014 Active, color, single scan.
2015
2016 CONFIG_HLD1045
2017
2018 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
2019 Active, color, single scan.
2020
2021 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
2022
2023 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
2024 or
2025 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
2026 or
2027 Hitachi SP14Q002
2028
2029 320x240. Black & white.
2030
2031 Normally display is black on white background; define
6d0f6bcf 2032 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
c609719b 2033
676d319e
SG
2034 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
2035
b445bbb4 2036 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
676d319e
SG
2037 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
2038 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
2039 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
2040 a per-section basis.
2041
0d89efef
SG
2042 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
2043
2044 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
2045 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
2046 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
2047 is slow.
676d319e 2048
45d7f525
TWHT
2049 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
2050
2051 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
2052
735987c5
TWHT
2053 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
2054
2055 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
2056 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
2057
7152b1d0 2058- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
d791b1dc 2059
8bde7f77
WD
2060 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
2061 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
2062 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
e94d2cd9 2063 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
8bde7f77
WD
2064 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
2065 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
2066 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
2067 loaded very quickly after power-on.
d791b1dc 2068
c0880485
NK
2069 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
2070
2071 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
2072 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1551df35 2073 (see README.displaying-bmps).
c0880485
NK
2074 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2075 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2076 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2077 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2078 there is no need to set this option.
2079
1ca298ce
MW
2080 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2081
2082 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2083 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2084 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2085 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2086 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2087 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2088
2089 Example:
2090 setenv splashpos m,m
2091 => image at center of screen
2092
2093 setenv splashpos 30,20
2094 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2095
2096 setenv splashpos -10,m
2097 => vertically centered image
2098 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2099
98f4a3df
SR
2100- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2101
2102 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2103 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2104 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2105
d5011762
AG
2106- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2107
2108 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2109 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2110 bmp command.
2111
b445bbb4 2112- Do compressing for memory range:
f2b96dfb
LW
2113 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2114
2115 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2116 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2117
c29fdfc1 2118- Compression support:
8ef70478
KC
2119 CONFIG_GZIP
2120
2121 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2122
c29fdfc1
WD
2123 CONFIG_BZIP2
2124
2125 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2126 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2127 compressed images are supported.
2128
42d1f039 2129 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
6d0f6bcf 2130 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
42d1f039 2131 be at least 4MB.
d791b1dc 2132
fc9c1727
LCM
2133 CONFIG_LZMA
2134
2135 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2136 images is included.
2137
2138 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2139 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2140 formula:
2141
2142 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2143
2144 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2145 and Literal pos bits.
2146
2147 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2148 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2149 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2150 a very small buffer.
2151
2152 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2153 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
6d0f6bcf 2154 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
fc9c1727 2155
8ef70478
KC
2156 CONFIG_LZO
2157
2158 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2159 is included.
2160
17ea1177
WD
2161- MII/PHY support:
2162 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2163
2164 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2165
2166 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2167
2168 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2169
2170 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2171
2172 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
11ccc33f 2173 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
17ea1177
WD
2174
2175 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2176
2177 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2178 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2179 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2180 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2181
2182 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2183
2184 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2185 command issued before MII status register can be read
2186
c609719b
WD
2187- Ethernet address:
2188 CONFIG_ETHADDR
c68a05fe 2189 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
c609719b
WD
2190 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2191 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
c68a05fe 2192 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2193 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
c609719b 2194
11ccc33f
MZ
2195 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2196 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
c609719b
WD
2197 is not determined automatically.
2198
2199- IP address:
2200 CONFIG_IPADDR
2201
2202 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
11ccc33f 2203 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
c609719b 2204 determined through e.g. bootp.
1ebcd654 2205 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
c609719b
WD
2206
2207- Server IP address:
2208 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2209
11ccc33f 2210 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
c609719b 2211 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1ebcd654 2212 (Environment variable "serverip")
c609719b 2213
97cfe861
RG
2214 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2215
2216 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2217 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2218
1ebcd654
WD
2219- Gateway IP address:
2220 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2221
2222 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2223 default router where packets to other networks are
2224 sent to.
2225 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2226
2227- Subnet mask:
2228 CONFIG_NETMASK
2229
2230 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2231 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2232 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2233 forwarded through a router.
2234 (Environment variable "netmask")
2235
53a5c424
DU
2236- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2237 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2238
2239 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2240 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
11ccc33f 2241 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
53a5c424
DU
2242 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2243 multicast group.
2244
c609719b
WD
2245- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2246 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2247
2248 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2249 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2250 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2251 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2252 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2253 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2254 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2255 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
6c33c785 2256 following delays are inserted then:
c609719b
WD
2257
2258 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2259 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2260 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2261 4th and following
2262 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2263
92ac8acc
TR
2264 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2265
2266 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2267 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2268 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2269 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2270 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2271 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2272 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2273 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2274 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2275 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2276 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2277 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2278 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2279 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2280 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2281
fe389a82 2282- DHCP Advanced Options:
1fe80d79
JL
2283 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2284 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2285
2286 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2287 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2288 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2289 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2290 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2291 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2292 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2293 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2294 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2295 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2296 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2297 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2c00e099 2298 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
fe389a82 2299
5d110f0a
WC
2300 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2301 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
fe389a82 2302
2c00e099
JH
2303 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2304 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2305 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2306 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2307 is not available.
2308
fe389a82
SR
2309 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2310 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2311 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2312 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2313 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2314 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2315 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1fe80d79 2316 is defined.
fe389a82
SR
2317
2318 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2319 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2320 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
5d110f0a 2321 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1fe80d79
JL
2322 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2323 option 12 to the DHCP server.
fe389a82 2324
d9a2f416
AV
2325 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2326
2327 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2328 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2329 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2330 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2331 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2332 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2333 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2334 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2335 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2336 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2337 this delay.
2338
d22c338e
JH
2339 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2340 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2341 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2342 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2343 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2344
2345 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2346
a3d991bd 2347 - CDP Options:
6e592385 2348 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
a3d991bd
WD
2349
2350 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2351
2352 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2353
2354 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2355 of the device.
2356
2357 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2358
2359 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2360 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
11ccc33f 2361 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
a3d991bd
WD
2362
2363 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2364
2365 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2366 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2367
2368 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2369
2370 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2371
2372 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2373
2374 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2375
2376 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2377
2378 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2379
2380 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2381
2382 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2383 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2384
2385 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2386
2387 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2388
c609719b
WD
2389- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2390
2391 Several configurations allow to display the current
2392 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2393 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2394 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2395 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2396 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2397 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2398 feature in U-Boot.
2399
1df7bbba
IG
2400 Additional options:
2401
2402 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2403 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2404 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2405 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2406 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2407
9dfdcdfe
IG
2408 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2409 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2410 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2411 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2412 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2413 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2414
c609719b
WD
2415- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2416
2417 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2418 on those systems that support this (optional)
2419 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2420
3f4978c7
HS
2421- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2422
2423 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2424 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2425 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2426 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2427 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2428 interface.
2429
2430 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
ea818dbb
HS
2431 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2432 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2433 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2434 for defining speed and slave address
2435 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2436 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2437 for defining speed and slave address
2438 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2439 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2440 for defining speed and slave address
2441 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2442 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2443 for defining speed and slave address
3f4978c7 2444
00f792e0
HS
2445 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2446 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2447 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2448 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2450 bus.
93e14596 2451 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
00f792e0
HS
2452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2455 second bus.
2456
1f2ba722 2457 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
10cee516
NI
2458 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2459 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2460 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1f2ba722 2461
880540de
DE
2462 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2463 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2464 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2465 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2466
fac96408 2467 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2468 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2469 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2470 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2471 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2472 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2473 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2474 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
b445bbb4 2475 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
fac96408 2476 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2477
1086bfa9
NI
2478 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2479 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2480 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2481
2482 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2483 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2484 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2485 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2486 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2487 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2488 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2489 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2490 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2491
2035d77d
NI
2492 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2493 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2494 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2495
2496 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2497 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2498 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2499 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2500 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2501 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2502 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2503 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2504 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2505 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2506 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2507 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
b445bbb4 2508 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2035d77d 2509
6789e84e
HS
2510 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2511 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2512 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2513 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2514 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2515 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2516 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2517 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2518 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2519 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2520 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2521 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2522
0bdffe71
HS
2523 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2524 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2525 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2526 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2527
e717fc6d
NKC
2528 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2529 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2530 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2531 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2532 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2533
b46226bd
DE
2534 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2535 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2536 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2537 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2538 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2539 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2540 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2541 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2542 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2543 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2544 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2545 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2546 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2547 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2548
3f4978c7
HS
2549 additional defines:
2550
2551 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2552 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
3f4978c7
HS
2553 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2554 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2555 omit this define.
2556
2557 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2558 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2559 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2560 omit this define.
2561
2562 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2563 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2564 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2565 define.
2566
2567 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2568 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
3f4978c7
HS
2569 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2570 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2571 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2572
2573 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2574 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2575 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2576 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2577 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2578 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2579 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2580 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2581 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2582 }
2583
2584 which defines
2585 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2586 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2587 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2588 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2589 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2590 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
3f4978c7 2591 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2592 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2593 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
3f4978c7
HS
2594
2595 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2596
ea818dbb 2597- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
3f4978c7
HS
2598
2599 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2600 provides the following compelling advantages:
2601
2602 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2603 - approved multibus support
2604 - better i2c mux support
2605
2606 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2607
ea818dbb
HS
2608 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2609 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2610 for the selected CPU.
c609719b 2611
945af8d7 2612 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
602ad3b3 2613 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
b37c7e5e
WD
2614 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2615 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
43d9616c 2616 command line interface.
c609719b 2617
bb99ad6d 2618 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
b37c7e5e 2619
945af8d7 2620 There are several other quantities that must also be
ea818dbb 2621 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2622
6d0f6bcf 2623 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
945af8d7 2624 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
6d0f6bcf 2625 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
11ccc33f 2626 the CPU's i2c node address).
945af8d7 2627
8d321b81 2628 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
a47a12be 2629 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
8d321b81
PT
2630 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2631 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2632 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
c609719b 2633
5da71efa
EM
2634 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2635
2636 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2637 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2638 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2639 commands until the slave device responds.
2640
945af8d7 2641 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2642
ea818dbb 2643 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
b37c7e5e
WD
2644 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2645 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
c609719b
WD
2646
2647 I2C_INIT
2648
b37c7e5e 2649 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
43d9616c 2650 controller or configure ports.
c609719b 2651
ba56f625 2652 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
b37c7e5e 2653
c609719b
WD
2654 I2C_PORT
2655
43d9616c
WD
2656 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2657 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2658 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
c609719b
WD
2659
2660 I2C_ACTIVE
2661
2662 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2663 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2664 define can be null.
2665
b37c7e5e
WD
2666 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2667
c609719b
WD
2668 I2C_TRISTATE
2669
2670 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2671 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2672 define can be null.
2673
b37c7e5e
WD
2674 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2675
c609719b
WD
2676 I2C_READ
2677
472d5460
YS
2678 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2679 false if it is low.
c609719b 2680
b37c7e5e
WD
2681 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2682
c609719b
WD
2683 I2C_SDA(bit)
2684
472d5460
YS
2685 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2686 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2687
b37c7e5e 2688 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2535d602 2689 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
ba56f625 2690 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
b37c7e5e 2691
c609719b
WD
2692 I2C_SCL(bit)
2693
472d5460
YS
2694 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2695 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2696
b37c7e5e 2697 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2535d602 2698 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
ba56f625 2699 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
b37c7e5e 2700
c609719b
WD
2701 I2C_DELAY
2702
2703 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2704 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
b37c7e5e 2705 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
945af8d7
WD
2706 like:
2707
b37c7e5e 2708 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
c609719b 2709
793b5726
MF
2710 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2711
2712 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2713 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2714 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2715 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2716
2717 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2718 the generic GPIO functions.
2719
6d0f6bcf 2720 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
47cd00fa 2721
8bde7f77
WD
2722 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2723 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2724 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2725 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2726 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2727 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2728 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2729 is run early in the boot sequence.
47cd00fa 2730
26a33504
RR
2731 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2732
2733 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2734 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2735 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2736 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2737 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2738 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2739 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2740 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2741
17ea1177
WD
2742 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2743
2744 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2745 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2746 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2747
bb99ad6d
BW
2748 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2749
2750 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
c0f40859
WD
2751 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2752 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
bb99ad6d
BW
2753 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2754
6d0f6bcf 2755 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
bb99ad6d
BW
2756
2757 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
c0f40859 2758 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
0f89c54b
PT
2759 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2760 a 1D array of device addresses
bb99ad6d
BW
2761
2762 e.g.
2763 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
c0f40859 2764 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
bb99ad6d
BW
2765
2766 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2767
c0f40859 2768 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
6d0f6bcf 2769 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
bb99ad6d
BW
2770
2771 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2772
6d0f6bcf 2773 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
be5e6181
TT
2774
2775 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2776 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2777
6d0f6bcf 2778 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2779
2780 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2781 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2782
6d0f6bcf 2783 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2784
2785 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2786 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2787
6d0f6bcf 2788 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
9ebbb54f
VG
2789
2790 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2791 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2792 specified DTT device.
2793
2ac6985a
AD
2794 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2795
2796 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2797 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2798 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2799 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2800 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2801 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2802 the other.
be5e6181 2803
c609719b
WD
2804- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2805
2806 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2807 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2808 D/As on the SACSng board)
2809
6639562e
YS
2810 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2811
2812 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2813 only SH7757 is supported.
2814
c609719b
WD
2815 CONFIG_SPI_X
2816
2817 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2818 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2819
2820 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2821
43d9616c
WD
2822 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2823 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2824 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2825 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2826 defined, the board configuration must define several
2827 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2828 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
c609719b 2829
04a9e118
BW
2830 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2831
2832 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2833 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2834 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
c0f40859 2835 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
04a9e118
BW
2836 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2837
38254f45
GL
2838 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2839
2840 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2e3cd1cd 2841 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
38254f45 2842
f659b573
HS
2843 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2844 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2845 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2846
0133502e 2847- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
c609719b 2848
0133502e
MF
2849 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2850
2851 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2852
2853 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2854 (ALTERA, XILINX)
c609719b 2855
0133502e 2856 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
c609719b 2857
0133502e
MF
2858 Enables support for FPGA family.
2859 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2860
2861 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2862
2863 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
c609719b 2864
64e809af
SDPP
2865 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2866
2867 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2868
67193864
MS
2869 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2870
2871 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2872
2873 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2874
2875 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2876 (Xilinx only)
2877
6d0f6bcf 2878 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
c609719b 2879
8bde7f77 2880 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
c609719b 2881
6d0f6bcf 2882 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
c609719b 2883
43d9616c
WD
2884 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2885 status by the configuration function. This option
2886 will require a board or device specific function to
2887 be written.
c609719b
WD
2888
2889 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2890
2891 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2892 configuration driver.
2893
6d0f6bcf 2894 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
c609719b
WD
2895 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2896
6d0f6bcf 2897 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
c609719b 2898
43d9616c
WD
2899 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2900 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2901 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2902 indicated a CRC error).
c609719b 2903
6d0f6bcf 2904 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
c609719b 2905
b445bbb4
JM
2906 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2907 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
43d9616c 2908 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
11ccc33f 2909 ms.
c609719b 2910
6d0f6bcf 2911 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
c609719b 2912
b445bbb4 2913 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
11ccc33f 2914 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
c609719b 2915
6d0f6bcf 2916 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
c609719b 2917
43d9616c 2918 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
11ccc33f 2919 200 ms.
c609719b
WD
2920
2921- Configuration Management:
b2b8a696
SR
2922 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2923
2924 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2925 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2926 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2927 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2928 make / MAKEALL.
2929
c609719b
WD
2930 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2931
43d9616c
WD
2932 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2933 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
c609719b
WD
2934
2935- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2936
43d9616c
WD
2937 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2938 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
7152b1d0 2939 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
43d9616c
WD
2940 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2941 protects these variables from casual modification by
2942 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2943 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
11ccc33f 2944 change this behaviour:
c609719b
WD
2945
2946 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2947 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
47cd00fa 2948 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
c609719b
WD
2949 these parameters.
2950
2951 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2952 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
11ccc33f 2953 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
c609719b
WD
2954 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2955 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2956 read-only.]
2957
2598090b
JH
2958 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2959 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2960 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2961 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2962
c609719b
WD
2963- Protected RAM:
2964 CONFIG_PRAM
2965
2966 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2967 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2968 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2969 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2970 this default value by defining an environment
2971 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2972 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2973 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2974 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2975 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2976 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2977 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2978
fe126d8b 2979 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
c609719b
WD
2980 saveenv
2981
2982 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2983 either, which results in a memory region that will
2984 not be affected by reboots.
2985
2986 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2987 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2988 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2989 following board configurations are known to be
2990 "pRAM-clean":
2991
1b0757ec
WD
2992 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2993 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
544d97e9 2994 FLAGADM, TQM8260
c609719b 2995
40fef049
GB
2996- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2997 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2998 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2999 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
3000 machines using physical address extension or similar.
3001 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
3002 currently only supports clearing the memory.
3003
c609719b
WD
3004- Error Recovery:
3005 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
3006
3007 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
3008 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
3009 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
11ccc33f 3010 system where you want the system to reboot
c609719b
WD
3011 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
3012 useful during development since you can try to debug
3013 the conditions that lead to the situation.
3014
3015 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
3016
43d9616c
WD
3017 This variable defines the number of retries for
3018 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
3019 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
3020 default value of 5 is used.
c609719b 3021
40cb90ee
GL
3022 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
3023
3024 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
3025
48a3e999
TK
3026 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
3027
3028 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
3029 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
3030 try longer timeout such as
3031 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
3032
c609719b 3033- Command Interpreter:
8078f1a5 3034 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
04a85b3b
WD
3035
3036 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
3037
6d0f6bcf 3038 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
c609719b
WD
3039
3040 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
3041 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
3042 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
3043
3044 Note:
3045
8bde7f77
WD
3046 In the current implementation, the local variables
3047 space and global environment variables space are
3048 separated. Local variables are those you define by
3049 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
3050 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
3051 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
3052 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
c609719b 3053
43d9616c
WD
3054 Global environment variables are those you use
3055 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
3056 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
3057 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
c609719b
WD
3058
3059 To store commands and special characters in a
3060 variable, please use double quotation marks
3061 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
3062 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
3063 symbols.
3064
b445bbb4 3065- Command Line Editing and History:
aa0c71ac
WD
3066 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
3067
11ccc33f 3068 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
b445bbb4 3069 command line input operations
aa0c71ac 3070
a8c7c708 3071- Default Environment:
c609719b
WD
3072 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
3073
43d9616c
WD
3074 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
3075 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
7152b1d0 3076 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2262cfee 3077
43d9616c
WD
3078 For example, place something like this in your
3079 board's config file:
c609719b
WD
3080
3081 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
3082 "myvar1=value1\0" \
3083 "myvar2=value2\0"
3084
43d9616c
WD
3085 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3086 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3087 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3088 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
7152b1d0 3089 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
c609719b
WD
3090 You better know what you are doing here.
3091
43d9616c
WD
3092 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3093 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
74de7aef 3094 the environment like the "source" command or the
43d9616c 3095 boot command first.
c609719b 3096
5e724ca2
SW
3097 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3098
3099 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3100 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3101 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3102
3103 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3104
3105 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3106 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3107 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3108 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3109 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3110
7e27f89f
TR
3111 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3112
3113 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3114 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3115 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3116
06fd8538
SG
3117 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3118
3119 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
b445bbb4 3120 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
06fd8538
SG
3121 that so that the environment is not available until
3122 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3123 this is instead controlled by the value of
3124 /config/load-environment.
3125
a8c7c708 3126- DataFlash Support:
2abbe075
WD
3127 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3128
8bde7f77
WD
3129 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3130 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3131 commands cp, md...
2abbe075 3132
f61ec45e
EN
3133- Serial Flash support
3134 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3135
3136 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3137 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3138
3139 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3140 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3141 commands.
3142
3143 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3144 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3145 flash is present on the system.
3146
3147 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3148 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3149 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3150 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3151
24007273
SG
3152 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3153
3154 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3155 test ('sf test').
3156
1dcd6d03
JT
3157 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3158
3159 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3160 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3161
b902e07c
JT
3162 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3163
3164 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3165 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
b445bbb4 3166 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
b902e07c 3167
562f8df1
HS
3168 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3169 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3170 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3171 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3172 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3173 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3174 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3175 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3176 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3177 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3178
3f85ce27
WD
3179- SystemACE Support:
3180 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3181
3182 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3183 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
11ccc33f 3184 of the chip must also be defined in the
6d0f6bcf 3185 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3f85ce27
WD
3186
3187 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
6d0f6bcf 3188 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3f85ce27
WD
3189
3190 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3191 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3192
ecb0ccd9
WD
3193- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3194 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3195
28cb9375 3196 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
ecb0ccd9 3197 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
28cb9375 3198 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
ecb0ccd9
WD
3199 number generator is used.
3200
28cb9375
WD
3201 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3202 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3203 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3204
3205 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
ecb0ccd9
WD
3206 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3207 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3208 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3209 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3210 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3211 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3212
bf36c5d5
SG
3213- Hashing support:
3214 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3215
3216 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3217 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3218
3219 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3220
3221 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3222 size a little.
3223
94e3c8c4 3224 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3225 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3226 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3227 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3228 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3229 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3230 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3231 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3232 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3233 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3234 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3235 is performed in hardware.
bf36c5d5
SG
3236
3237 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3238 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3239
a11f1873
RW
3240- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3241 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3242 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3243 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3244
3245 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3246 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3247 a boot from specific media.
3248
3249 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3250 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3251 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3252 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3253 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3254
19c402af
SG
3255- Signing support:
3256 CONFIG_RSA
3257
3258 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
8bf2aad7 3259 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
19c402af 3260
c937ff6d
RG
3261 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3262 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3263 library to function.
3264
19c402af 3265 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
c937ff6d
RG
3266 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3267 mkimage irrespective of this option.
19c402af 3268
9e50c406
HS
3269- bootcount support:
3270 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3271
3272 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3273 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3274
3275 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3276 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3277 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3278 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3279 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3280 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3281 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3282 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3283 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3284 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3285 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3286 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3287 the bootcounter.
3288 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
19c402af 3289
a8c7c708 3290- Show boot progress:
c609719b
WD
3291 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3292
43d9616c
WD
3293 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3294 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3295 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3296 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3297 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3298 the following checkpoints are implemented:
c609719b 3299
3a608ca0
SG
3300- Detailed boot stage timing
3301 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3302 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3303 of the boot process.
3304
3305 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3306 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3307 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3308 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3309 the limit, recording will stop.
3310
3311 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3312 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3313
3314 Timer summary in microseconds:
3315 Mark Elapsed Stage
3316 0 0 reset
3317 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3318 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3319 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3320 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3321 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3322 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3323 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3324
2eba38cf
SG
3325 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3326 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3327 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3328
94fd1316
SG
3329 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3330 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3331 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3332 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3333 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3334 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3335 For example:
3336
3337 bootstage {
3338 154 {
3339 name = "board_init_f";
3340 mark = <3575678>;
3341 };
3342 170 {
3343 name = "lcd";
3344 accum = <33482>;
3345 };
3346 };
3347
3348 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3349
1372cce2
MB
3350Legacy uImage format:
3351
c609719b
WD
3352 Arg Where When
3353 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
ba56f625 3354 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
c609719b 3355 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
ba56f625 3356 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
c609719b 3357 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
ba56f625 3358 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
c609719b
WD
3359 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3360 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3361 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
1372cce2 3362 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
c609719b
WD
3363 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3364 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3365 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3366 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
1372cce2 3367 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
c609719b 3368 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
1372cce2
MB
3369
3370 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3371 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3372 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3373 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3374 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3375 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3376 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
11ccc33f 3377 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
1372cce2
MB
3378 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3379 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3380
c0f40859 3381 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
c609719b 3382
a47a12be 3383 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
11dadd54
WD
3384 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3385 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
63e73c9a 3386
566a494f
HS
3387 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3388 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3389 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3390 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3391 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3392 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3393 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3394 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3395 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3396 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3397 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3398 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3399 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3400 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3401 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3402 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3403 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3404 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3405 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3406 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3407 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3408 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3409 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3410 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3411 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3412 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3413 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3414 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3415 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3416 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3417 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3418 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3419 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3420 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3421 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3422 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3423 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3424 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3425 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3426 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3427 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3428 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3429 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3430 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3431 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3432 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3433 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3434
3435 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3436
11ccc33f 3437 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
566a494f
HS
3438 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3439 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3440
3441 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3442 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
11ccc33f 3443 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
566a494f
HS
3444 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3445 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3446 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
74de7aef
WD
3447 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3448 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
566a494f 3449 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
c609719b 3450
1372cce2
MB
3451FIT uImage format:
3452
3453 Arg Where When
3454 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3455 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3456 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3457 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3458 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3459 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
f773bea8 3460 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
1372cce2
MB
3461 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3462 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3463 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3464 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3465 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
11ccc33f
MZ
3466 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3467 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
1372cce2
MB
3468 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3469 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3470 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3471 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3472 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3473 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3474 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3475 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3476
3477 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3478 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3479 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
11ccc33f 3480 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
1372cce2
MB
3481 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3482 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3483 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3484 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3485 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3486 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3487 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3488 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3489 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3490 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3491 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3492 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3493
11ccc33f 3494 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3495 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3496
11ccc33f 3497 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3498 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3499
11ccc33f 3500 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3501 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3502
21d29f7f
HS
3503- legacy image format:
3504 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3505 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3506
3507 Default:
3508 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3509
3510 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3511 disable the legacy image format
3512
3513 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3514 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3515
d95f6ec7
GB
3516- FIT image support:
3517 CONFIG_FIT
3518 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3519
3520 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3521 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3522 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3523 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3524 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3525 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3526
3e569a6b
SG
3527 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3528 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
94e3c8c4 3529 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3530 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3531 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3532 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3e569a6b 3533
21d29f7f
HS
3534 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3535 signature check the legacy image format is default
3536 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3537 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3538
9a4f479b
DE
3539 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3540 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3541 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3542 with this option.
3543
4cf2609b
WD
3544- Standalone program support:
3545 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3546
6feff899
WD
3547 This option defines a board specific value for the
3548 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3549 overwriting the architecture dependent default
4cf2609b
WD
3550 settings.
3551
3552- Frame Buffer Address:
3553 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3554
3555 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
44a53b57
WD
3556 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3557 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3558 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3559 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3560 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3561 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3562 configured panel size.
4cf2609b
WD
3563
3564 Please see board_init_f function.
3565
cccfc2ab
DZ
3566- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3567 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3568 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3569 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3570
3571 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3572 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3573
3574- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3575 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3576
3577 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3578 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3579
3580 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3581
3582 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3583 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3584
ff94bc40
HS
3585 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3586 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3587
70c219cd
JH
3588- UBI support
3589 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3590
3591 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3592 with the UBI flash translation layer
3593
3594 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3595
147162da
JH
3596 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3597
3598 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3599 warnings and errors enabled.
3600
ff94bc40
HS
3601
3602 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3603 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3604 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3605 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3606 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3607 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3608
3609 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3610 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3611 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3612 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3613 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3614
3615 default: 4096
c654b517 3616
ff94bc40
HS
3617 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3618 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3619 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3620 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3621 flash), this value is ignored.
3622
3623 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3624 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3625 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3626 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3627 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3628 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3629
3630 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3631 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3632 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3633 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3634 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3635 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3636 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3637 partition.
3638
3639 default: 20
3640
3641 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3642 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3643 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3644 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3645 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3646 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3647 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3648 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3649 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3650 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3651 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3652 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3653
3654 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3655 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3656 without a fastmap.
3657 default: 0
3658
70c219cd
JH
3659- UBIFS support
3660 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3661
3662 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3663 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3664
3665 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3666
147162da
JH
3667 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3668
3669 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3670 warnings and errors enabled.
3671
6a11cf48 3672- SPL framework
04e5ae79
WD
3673 CONFIG_SPL
3674 Enable building of SPL globally.
6a11cf48 3675
95579793
TR
3676 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3677 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3678
6ebc3461
AA
3679 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3680 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3681 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3682 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3683 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3684 must not be both defined at the same time.
3685
95579793 3686 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3687 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3688 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3689 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3690 not exceed it.
95579793 3691
04e5ae79
WD
3692 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3693 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
6a11cf48 3694
94a45bb1
SW
3695 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3696 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3697 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3698
95579793
TR
3699 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3700 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3701
3702 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3703 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3704 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3705 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3706 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461 3707 must not be both defined at the same time.
95579793
TR
3708
3709 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3710 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3711
94a45bb1
SW
3712 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3713 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3714 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3715 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3716
95579793
TR
3717 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3718 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3719
3720 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3721 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
6a11cf48 3722
47f7bcae
TR
3723 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3724 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3725 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3726 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3727
9607faf2
TR
3728 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3729 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3730 See also: doc/README.falcon
3731
861a86f4
TR
3732 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3733 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3734 about the running system.
3735
4b919725
SW
3736 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3737 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3738
04e5ae79
WD
3739 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3740 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3741
04e5ae79
WD
3742 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3743 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3744
04e5ae79
WD
3745 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3746 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3747
04e5ae79
WD
3748 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3749 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3750
04e5ae79
WD
3751 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3752 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3753
95579793
TR
3754 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3755 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
e2ccdf89 3756 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
95579793
TR
3757 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3758
b97300b6
PK
3759 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3760 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3761 used in raw mode
3762
2b75b0ad
PK
3763 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3764 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3765 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3766
3767 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3768 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3769 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3770 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3771 (for falcon mode)
3772
e2ccdf89
PK
3773 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3774 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3775 used in fs mode
3776
95579793
TR
3777 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3778 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3779
fae81c72
GG
3780 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3781 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
95579793 3782
fae81c72
GG
3783 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3784 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3785
3786 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
7ad2cc79 3787 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
fae81c72 3788 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3789
fae81c72 3790 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
7ad2cc79 3791 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
fae81c72 3792 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3793
06f60ae3
SW
3794 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3795 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3796 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3797 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3798 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3799
651fcf60
PK
3800 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3801 Avoid SPL relocation
3802
6f2f01b9
SW
3803 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3804 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3805 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3806
3807 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3808 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3809
3810 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3811 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3812
95579793 3813 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
7d4b7955
SW
3814 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3815 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
95579793 3816
6dd3b566
TR
3817 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3818 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3819 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3820
0c3117b1
HS
3821 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3822 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3823 if you need to save space.
3824
bb0dc108
YZ
3825 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3826 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
5614e71b 3827 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
bb0dc108 3828
7c8eea59
YZ
3829 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3830 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3831 SPL binary.
3832
95579793
TR
3833 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3834 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3835 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3836 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3837 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3838 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
7d4b7955 3839 to read U-Boot
95579793 3840
fbe76ae4
PK
3841 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3842 Add support NAND boot
3843
95579793 3844 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
7d4b7955
SW
3845 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3846
3847 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3848 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3849
3850 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3851 Size of image to load
95579793
TR
3852
3853 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
7d4b7955 3854 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
95579793
TR
3855
3856 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3857 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
b445bbb4 3858 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
95579793
TR
3859
3860 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3861 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3862 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3863
04e5ae79
WD
3864 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3865 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3866
04e5ae79
WD
3867 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3868 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3869
04e5ae79
WD
3870 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3871 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
c57b953d
PM
3872
3873 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3874 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3875
04e5ae79
WD
3876 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3877 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
1372cce2 3878
ba1bee43
YZ
3879 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3880 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3881
3882 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3883 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3884 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3885 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3886
74752baa 3887 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
6113d3f2
BT
3888 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3889 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3890 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3891 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3892 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
74752baa 3893
ca2fca22
SW
3894 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3895 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3896 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3897 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3898
87ebee39
SG
3899 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3900 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3901 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3902 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3903 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3904
3aa29de0
YZ
3905- TPL framework
3906 CONFIG_TPL
3907 Enable building of TPL globally.
3908
3909 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3910 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3911 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
93e14596
WD
3912 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3913 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3914 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3aa29de0 3915
c609719b
WD
3916Modem Support:
3917--------------
3918
566e5cf4 3919[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
c609719b 3920
11ccc33f 3921- Modem support enable:
c609719b
WD
3922 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3923
3924- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3925 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3926
3927- Modem debug support:
3928 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3929
43d9616c
WD
3930 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3931 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
c609719b 3932
a8c7c708
WD
3933- Interrupt support (PPC):
3934
d4ca31c4
WD
3935 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3936 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
11ccc33f 3937 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
d4ca31c4 3938 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
11ccc33f 3939 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
d4ca31c4 3940 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
11ccc33f 3941 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
d4ca31c4
WD
3942 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3943 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3944 general timer_interrupt().
a8c7c708 3945
c609719b
WD
3946- General:
3947
43d9616c
WD
3948 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3949 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3950 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
11ccc33f 3951 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
43d9616c
WD
3952 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3953 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3954 initialization.
c609719b 3955
43d9616c
WD
3956 If there are no modem init strings in the
3957 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3958 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
11ccc33f 3959 suppressed, though.
c609719b
WD
3960
3961 See also: doc/README.Modem
3962
9660e442
HR
3963Board initialization settings:
3964------------------------------
3965
3966During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3967to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3968before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3969following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3970architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3971typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3972
3973- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3974- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3975- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3976- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
c609719b 3977
c609719b
WD
3978Configuration Settings:
3979-----------------------
3980
4d1fd7f1
YS
3981- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3982 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3983
6d0f6bcf 3984- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
c609719b
WD
3985 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3986
2fb2604d
PT
3987- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3988 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3989
6d0f6bcf 3990- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
c609719b
WD
3991 prompt for user input.
3992
6d0f6bcf 3993- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
c609719b 3994
6d0f6bcf 3995- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
c609719b 3996
6d0f6bcf 3997- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
c609719b 3998
6d0f6bcf 3999- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
c609719b
WD
4000 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
4001 booted
4002
6d0f6bcf 4003- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
c609719b
WD
4004 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
4005
6d0f6bcf 4006- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
8bde7f77 4007 Suppress display of console information at boot.
c609719b 4008
6d0f6bcf 4009- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
8bde7f77
WD
4010 If the board specific function
4011 extern int overwrite_console (void);
4012 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
c609719b
WD
4013 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
4014
6d0f6bcf 4015- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
8bde7f77 4016 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
c609719b 4017
6d0f6bcf 4018- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
c609719b
WD
4019 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
4020
6d0f6bcf 4021- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
c609719b
WD
4022 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
4023 simple memory test.
4024
6d0f6bcf 4025- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
8bde7f77 4026 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
c609719b 4027
6d0f6bcf 4028- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
5f535fe1
WD
4029 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
4030 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
4031
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4032- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
4033 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
14f73ca6 4034 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
11ccc33f 4035 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
14f73ca6
SR
4036 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
4037 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
4038 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
5e12e75d 4039 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
14f73ca6 4040 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
5e12e75d 4041 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
14f73ca6
SR
4042
4043 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
4044 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
4045 be touched.
4046
4047 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
4048 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
4049 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
4050 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
4051 problems.
4052
6d0f6bcf 4053- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
c609719b
WD
4054 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
4055
6d0f6bcf 4056- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
c609719b
WD
4057 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
4058
6d0f6bcf 4059- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
c609719b
WD
4060 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
4061 Cogent motherboard)
4062
6d0f6bcf 4063- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
c609719b
WD
4064 Physical start address of Flash memory.
4065
6d0f6bcf 4066- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
c609719b
WD
4067 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
4068 make config files to be same as the text base address
14d0a02a 4069 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
6d0f6bcf 4070 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
c609719b 4071
6d0f6bcf 4072- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
8bde7f77
WD
4073 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
4074 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
4075 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
4076 flash sector.
c609719b 4077
6d0f6bcf 4078- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
c609719b
WD
4079 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
4080
d59476b6
SG
4081- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
4082 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
4083 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
4084 will become available before relocation. The address is just
4085 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
4086 space.
4087
4088 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
4089 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
4090 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
b445bbb4 4091 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
d59476b6
SG
4092 U-Boot relocates itself.
4093
e7b14e9a 4094 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
29afe9e6
SG
4095 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
4096
38687ae6
SG
4097- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
4098 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
4099 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
4100 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
4101
1dfdd9ba
TR
4102- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
4103 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
4104 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
4105 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
4106 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
4107 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
4108 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
4109 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
4110 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
4111 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
4112 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
4113 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
4114 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
4115 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
4116 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
4117 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
4118
4119 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
4120
6d0f6bcf 4121- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
15940c9a
SR
4122 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
4123 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
6d0f6bcf 4124 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
15940c9a
SR
4125 to adjust this setting to your needs.
4126
6d0f6bcf 4127- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
c609719b
WD
4128 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4129 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
7d721e34
BS
4130 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4131 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
1bce2aeb 4132 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
7d721e34 4133 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
c0f40859 4134 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
c3624e6e
GL
4135 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4136 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4137 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
c609719b 4138
fca43cc8
JR
4139- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4140 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4141 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4142 is enabled.
4143
4144- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4145 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4146 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4147
4148- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4149 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4150 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4151
6d0f6bcf 4152- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
c609719b
WD
4153 Max number of Flash memory banks
4154
6d0f6bcf 4155- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
c609719b
WD
4156 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4157
6d0f6bcf 4158- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4159 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4160
6d0f6bcf 4161- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4162 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4163
6d0f6bcf 4164- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4165 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4166
6d0f6bcf 4167- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4168 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4169
6d0f6bcf 4170- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
8564acf9
WD
4171 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4172 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4173
6d0f6bcf 4174- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
c609719b
WD
4175
4176 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4177 without this option such a download has to be
4178 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4179 copy from RAM to flash.
4180
4181 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4182 you can check if the download worked before you erase
11ccc33f
MZ
4183 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4184 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
c609719b
WD
4185 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4186
6d0f6bcf 4187- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
43d9616c 4188 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
5653fc33
WD
4189 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4190
00b1883a 4191- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
5653fc33
WD
4192 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4193 in the drivers directory
c609719b 4194
91809ed5
PZ
4195- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4196 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4197 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4198 to the MTD layer.
4199
6d0f6bcf 4200- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
96ef831f
GL
4201 Use buffered writes to flash.
4202
4203- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4204 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4205 write commands.
4206
6d0f6bcf 4207- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
5568e613
SR
4208 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4209 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4210 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4211 optionally available.
4212
9a042e9c
JVB
4213- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4214 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4215 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4216 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4217
352ef3f1
SR
4218- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4219 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4220 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4221 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4222 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4223 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4224 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4225 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4226
6d0f6bcf 4227- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
11ccc33f
MZ
4228 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4229 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
53cf9435
SR
4230 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4231 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
11ccc33f 4232 on high Ethernet traffic.
53cf9435
SR
4233 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4234
ea882baf
WD
4235- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4236
071bc923
WD
4237 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4238 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4239 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4240 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4241 lib/hashtable.c for details.
ea882baf 4242
2598090b
JH
4243- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4244- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
1bce2aeb 4245 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
2598090b
JH
4246 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4247 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4248 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4249
4250 The format of the list is:
4251 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
b445bbb4
JM
4252 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4253 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
2598090b
JH
4254 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4255 list = entry[,list]
4256
4257 The type attributes are:
4258 s - String (default)
4259 d - Decimal
4260 x - Hexadecimal
4261 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4262 i - IP address
4263 m - MAC address
4264
267541f7
JH
4265 The access attributes are:
4266 a - Any (default)
4267 r - Read-only
4268 o - Write-once
4269 c - Change-default
4270
2598090b
JH
4271 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4272 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
b445bbb4 4273 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
2598090b
JH
4274
4275 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4276 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4277 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4278 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4279 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4280 ".flags" variable.
4281
267541f7
JH
4282- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4283 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4284 access flags.
4285
5c1a7ea6
SG
4286- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4287 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4288 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4289 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4290 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4291 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4292 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4293 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4294 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4295
0b1b60c7
LV
4296- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4297 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4298 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
b445bbb4 4299 the value can be calculated on a given board.
632efa74 4300
0d296cc2
GB
4301- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4302 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4303 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4304 building U-Boot to enable this.
4305
c609719b
WD
4306The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4307of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4308following configurations:
4309
c3eb3fe4
MF
4310- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4311
4312 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4313 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4314
5a1aceb0 4315- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
c609719b
WD
4316
4317 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4318
4319 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4320 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4321 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4322 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4323 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4324 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4325 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4326 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4327 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4328 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4329 between U-Boot and the environment.
4330
0e8d1586 4331 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4332
4333 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4334 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4335 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4336 for this sector is given here.
4337
6d0f6bcf 4338 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
c609719b 4339
0e8d1586 4340 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4341
4342 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4343 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
0e8d1586 4344 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
c609719b 4345
0e8d1586 4346 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4347
4348 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4349
4350
4351 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4352 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4353 the environment.
4354
0e8d1586 4355 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4356
5a1aceb0 4357 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
0e8d1586 4358 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
c609719b
WD
4359 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4360 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4361
4362 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4363 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4364 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4365 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4366 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4367 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4368 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4369 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4370 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4371
0e8d1586
JCPV
4372 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4373 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
c609719b 4374
43d9616c 4375 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
11ccc33f 4376 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3e38691e 4377 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
43d9616c 4378 a "saveenv" operation.
c609719b
WD
4379
4380BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4381source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4382accordingly!
4383
4384
9314cee6 4385- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
c609719b
WD
4386
4387 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4388 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4389 environment.
4390
0e8d1586
JCPV
4391 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4393
11ccc33f 4394 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
c609719b
WD
4395 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4396 can just be read and written to, without any special
4397 provision.
4398
4399BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
b445bbb4 4400in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
11ccc33f 4401console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
c609719b
WD
4402U-Boot will hang.
4403
4404Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4405environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4406keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4407to save the current settings.
4408
4409
bb1f8b4f 4410- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
c609719b
WD
4411
4412 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4413 device and a driver for it.
4414
0e8d1586
JCPV
4415 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4416 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4417
4418 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4419 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4420
6d0f6bcf 4421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4422 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4423 The default address is zero.
4424
189d257b
CG
4425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4426 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4427
6d0f6bcf 4428 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
c609719b
WD
4429 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4430 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4431 would require six bits.
4432
6d0f6bcf 4433 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
c609719b 4434 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
ba56f625 4435 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
c609719b 4436
6d0f6bcf 4437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
c609719b
WD
4438 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4439 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4440
6d0f6bcf 4441 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
5cf91d6b
WD
4442 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4443 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4444 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4445 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4446 byte chips.
4447
4448 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4449 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4450 in the chip address.
4451
6d0f6bcf 4452 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4453 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4454
548738b4
HS
4455 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4456 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4457 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4458
4459 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4460 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4461 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4462 EEPROM. For example:
4463
ea818dbb 4464 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
548738b4
HS
4465
4466 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4467 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
c609719b 4468
057c849c 4469- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
5779d8d9 4470
d4ca31c4 4471 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
5779d8d9
WD
4472 want to use for the environment.
4473
0e8d1586
JCPV
4474 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4475 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4476 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
5779d8d9
WD
4477
4478 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4479 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4480 at the specified address.
4481
bd83b592
WJ
4482- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4483
4484 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4485 want to use for the environment.
4486
4487 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4488 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4489
4490 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4491 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4492 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4493
4494 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4495
4496 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4497
4498 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4499
4500 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4501 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4502 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4503 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4504 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4505
4506 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4507 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4508
4509 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4510
4511 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4512
4513 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4514
4515 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4516
4517 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4518
0a85a9e7
LG
4519- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4520
4521 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4522 want to use for the local device's environment.
4523
4524 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4525 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4526
4527 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4528 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4529 local device can get the environment from remote memory
fc54c7fa 4530 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
0a85a9e7
LG
4531
4532BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4533"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
fc54c7fa
LG
4534environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4535but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
0a85a9e7 4536
51bfee19 4537- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
13a5695b
WD
4538
4539 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4540 for the environment.
4541
0e8d1586
JCPV
4542 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4543 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
13a5695b
WD
4544
4545 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
fdd813de
SW
4546 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4547 aligned to an erase block boundary.
5779d8d9 4548
fdd813de 4549 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
e443c944 4550
0e8d1586 4551 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
fdd813de
SW
4552 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4553 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
c0f40859 4554 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
fdd813de
SW
4555 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4556
4557 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4558
4559 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4560 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4561 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4562 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4563 the range to be avoided.
4564
4565 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4566
4567 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4568 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4569 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4570 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4571 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
e443c944 4572
b74ab737
GL
4573- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4574
4575 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4576 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4577 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4578
2b74433f
JH
4579- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4580
4581 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4582 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4583 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4584
4585 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4586
4587 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4588
4589 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4590
4591 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4592 environment in.
4593
785881f7
JH
4594 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4595
4596 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4597 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4598 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4599
2b74433f
JH
4600 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4601 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4602
4603 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4604 when storing the env in UBI.
4605
d1db76f1
WJ
4606- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4607 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4608
4609 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4610
4611 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4612
4613 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4614
4615 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4616 be as following:
4617
4618 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4619 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4620 partition table.
4621 - "D:0": device D.
4622 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4623 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4624 table.
4625 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
b445bbb4 4626 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
d1db76f1
WJ
4627 partition table then means device D.
4628
4629 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4630
4631 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
b445bbb4 4632 environment.
d1db76f1
WJ
4633
4634 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
b445bbb4 4635 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
d1db76f1 4636
06e4ae5f
SW
4637- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4638
4639 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4640 environment.
4641
4642 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4643
4644 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4645
4646 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4647
4648 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4649 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4650 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4651
4652 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4653 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4654
4655 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4656 area within the specified MMC device.
4657
5c088ee8
SW
4658 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4659 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4660 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4661 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4662 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4663 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4664 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4665
06e4ae5f
SW
4666 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4667 MMC sector boundary.
4668
4669 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4670
4671 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4672 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4673 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4674 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4675
5c088ee8
SW
4676 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4677 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4678
06e4ae5f
SW
4679 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4680 an MMC sector boundary.
4681
4682 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4683
4684 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4685 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4686 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4687
6d0f6bcf 4688- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
c609719b
WD
4689
4690 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4691 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4692 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4693 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4694 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4695 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4696 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4697
e881cb56 4698Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
c609719b 4699has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
cdb74977 4700created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
c609719b
WD
4701until then to read environment variables.
4702
85ec0bcc
WD
4703The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4704is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4705with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4706necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4707"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4708have any device yet where we could complain.]
c609719b
WD
4709
4710Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4711the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
85ec0bcc 4712use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
c609719b 4713
6d0f6bcf 4714- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
42d1f039 4715 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
fc3e2165 4716
6d0f6bcf 4717 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
fc3e2165
WD
4718 also needs to be defined.
4719
6d0f6bcf 4720- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
42d1f039 4721 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
c609719b 4722
f5675aa5
RM
4723- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4724 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4725 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4726 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4727 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4728 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4729
b2b92f53
SG
4730- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4731 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4732 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4733 to do this.
4734
e2e3e2b1
SG
4735- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4736 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4737 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4738 present.
4739
feb85801
SS
4740- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4741 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4742 build system checks that the actual size does not
4743 exceed it.
4744
c609719b 4745Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
dc7c9a1a 4746---------------------------------------------------
c609719b 4747
6d0f6bcf 4748- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4749 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4750
6d0f6bcf 4751- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
c609719b 4752 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
2535d602 4753
42d1f039
WD
4754 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4755 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4756 the IMMR register after a reset.
c609719b 4757
e46fedfe
TT
4758- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4759 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4760 PowerPC SOCs.
4761
4762- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4763 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4764 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4765
4766 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4767 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4768
4769- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4770 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4771 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
c0f40859 4772 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
e46fedfe
TT
4773 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4774 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4775 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4776
4777 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4778 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4779
4780- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4cf2609b
WD
4781 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4782 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
e46fedfe
TT
4783 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4784 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4785
4786- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4787 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4788 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4789 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4790
4791- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4792 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4793 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4794
7f6c2cbc 4795- Floppy Disk Support:
6d0f6bcf 4796 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
7f6c2cbc
WD
4797
4798 the default drive number (default value 0)
4799
6d0f6bcf 4800 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
7f6c2cbc 4801
11ccc33f 4802 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
7f6c2cbc
WD
4803 (default value 1)
4804
6d0f6bcf 4805 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
7f6c2cbc 4806
43d9616c
WD
4807 defines the offset of register from address. It
4808 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
11ccc33f 4809 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
7f6c2cbc 4810
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4811 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4812 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
43d9616c 4813 default value.
7f6c2cbc 4814
6d0f6bcf 4815 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
43d9616c
WD
4816 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4817 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
b445bbb4 4818 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
43d9616c 4819 initializations.
7f6c2cbc 4820
0abddf82
ML
4821- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4822 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4823 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4824 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4825 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4826 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
b445bbb4 4827 is required.
0abddf82 4828
6d0f6bcf 4829- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
efe2a4d5 4830 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
25d6712a 4831 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
c609719b 4832
6d0f6bcf 4833- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
c609719b 4834
7152b1d0 4835 Start address of memory area that can be used for
c609719b
WD
4836 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4837 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4838 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4839 will become available only after programming the
4840 memory controller and running certain initialization
4841 sequences.
4842
4843 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4844 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4845 - MPC824X: data cache
4846 - PPC4xx: data cache
4847
6d0f6bcf 4848- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4849
4850 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4851 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4852 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
c609719b 4853 data is located at the end of the available space
553f0982 4854 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4855 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4856 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4857 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
c609719b
WD
4858
4859 Note:
4860 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4861 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
6d0f6bcf 4862 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
c609719b
WD
4863 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4864 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4865
6d0f6bcf 4866- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
c609719b 4867
6d0f6bcf 4868- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
c609719b 4869
6d0f6bcf 4870- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
c609719b 4871
6d0f6bcf 4872- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
c609719b 4873
6d0f6bcf 4874- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
c609719b 4875
6d0f6bcf 4876- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
c609719b 4877
6d0f6bcf 4878- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
c609719b
WD
4879 SDRAM timing
4880
6d0f6bcf 4881- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
c609719b
WD
4882 periodic timer for refresh
4883
6d0f6bcf 4884- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
c609719b 4885
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4886- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4887 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4888 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4889 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4890 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4891
4892- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4893 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4894 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4895 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4896
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4897- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4898 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
c609719b
WD
4899 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4900 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4901
6d0f6bcf 4902- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4903 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4904 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4905
6d0f6bcf 4906- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
b423d055
HS
4907 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4908 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4909
6d0f6bcf 4910- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4911 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4912 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4913
6d0f6bcf 4914- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
c609719b
WD
4915 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4916 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4917 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4918
6d0f6bcf 4919- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
43d9616c
WD
4920 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4921 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4922 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4923 cpm_8260.h.
ea909b76 4924
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4925- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4926 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4927 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4928 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4929 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4930 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4931 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4932 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
a47a12be 4933 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
5d232d0e 4934
9cacf4fc
DE
4935- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4936 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4937 required.
4938
69fd2d3b 4939- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
b445bbb4 4940 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
69fd2d3b
AS
4941 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4942 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4943 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4944 by coreboot or similar.
4945
842033e6
GJ
4946- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4947 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4948
a09b9b68
KG
4949- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4950 Chip has SRIO or not
4951
4952- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4953 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4954
4955- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4956 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4957
c8b28152
LG
4958- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4959 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4960
a09b9b68
KG
4961- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4962 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4963
4964- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4965 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4966
4967- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4968 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4969
66bd1846
FE
4970- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4971 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4972 a 16 bit bus.
4973 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
a430e916 4974 Example of drivers that use it:
66bd1846 4975 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
a430e916 4976 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
eced4626
AW
4977
4978- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4979 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4980 a default value will be used.
4981
bb99ad6d 4982- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
218ca724
WD
4983 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4984 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4985
bb99ad6d
BW
4986 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4987 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4988
6d0f6bcf 4989- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
218ca724
WD
4990 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4991 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4992 to something your driver can deal with.
bb99ad6d 4993
1b3e3c4f
YS
4994- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4995 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4996 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4997 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4998 header files or board specific files.
4999
6f5e1dc5
YS
5000- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
5001 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
5002
e32d59a2
YS
5003- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
5004 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
5005
6d0f6bcf 5006- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
218ca724
WD
5007 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
5008 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
2ad6b513 5009
c26e454d
WD
5010- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
5011 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
5012
5013- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
5014 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
6e592385
WD
5015 to the given FEC; i. e.
5016 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
c26e454d
WD
5017 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
5018
5019 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
5020
5021- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
5022 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
5023 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
5024
5025- CONFIG_RMII
5026 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
5027 Note that this is a global option, we can't
5028 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
5029
5cf91d6b
WD
5030- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
5031 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
5032 The syntax is:
5033
5034 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
5035
5036 Where address/count indicate a memory area
5037 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
5038 area should have.
5039
56523f12
WD
5040- CONFIG_LOOPW
5041 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
602ad3b3 5042 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
56523f12 5043
7b466641
SR
5044- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
5045 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
5046 "md/mw" commands.
5047 Examples:
5048
efe2a4d5 5049 => mdc.b 10 4 500
7b466641
SR
5050 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
5051
efe2a4d5 5052 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
7b466641
SR
5053 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
5054
efe2a4d5 5055 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
602ad3b3 5056 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
7b466641 5057
8aa1a2d1 5058- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
afc1ce82 5059 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
844f07d8
WD
5060 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
5061 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
5062 relocate itself into RAM.
5063
5064 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
5065 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
5066 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
5067 these initializations itself.
8aa1a2d1 5068
401bb30b 5069- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
df81238b
ML
5070 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
5071 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
5072 compiling a NAND SPL.
400558b5 5073
3aa29de0
YZ
5074- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
5075 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
5076 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
5077 It is loaded by the SPL.
5078
5df572f0
YZ
5079- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
5080 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
5081 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
5082 previous 4k of the .text section.
5083
4213fc29
SG
5084- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
5085 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
5086 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
5087 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
5088 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
5089 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
5090 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
5091 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
5092
d8834a13
MW
5093- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
5094 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
5095 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
5096 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
5097 conditions but may increase the binary size.
5098
588a13f7
SG
5099- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
5100 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
5101 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
b16f521a 5102
fc33705e
MJ
5103- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
5104 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
5105
5106 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
5b5ece9e 5107
16678eb4
HS
5108- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
5109 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
5110
999d7d32
KM
5111- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
5112 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
5113 driver that uses this:
5114 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
5115
f2717b47
TT
5116Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
5117-----------------------------------
5118
5119The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
5120loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
5121This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5122are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5123within that device.
5124
dcf1d774
ZQ
5125- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
5126 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
5127 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5128 is also specified.
5129
5130- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5131 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
f2717b47
TT
5132 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5133 is also specified.
5134
5135- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5136 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5137 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5138 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5139 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5140
5141- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5142 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5143 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5144 virtual address in NOR flash.
5145
5146- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5147 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5148 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5149
5150- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5151 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5152 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5153
5154- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5155 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5156 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5157
292dc6c5
LG
5158- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5159 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5160 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
fc54c7fa
LG
5161 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5162 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5163 master's memory space.
f2717b47 5164
b940ca64
GR
5165Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5166---------------------------------------------------------
5167The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5168"firmware".
5169This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5170are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5171within that device.
5172
5173- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5174 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5175
5176- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5177 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5178 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5179 is also specified.
5180
5181- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5182 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5183 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5184 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5185 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5186
5187- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5188 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5189 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5190 virtual address in NOR flash.
5191
c609719b
WD
5192Building the Software:
5193======================
5194
218ca724
WD
5195Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5196and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5197all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5198(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5199recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5200which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
c609719b 5201
218ca724
WD
5202If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5203have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5204you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5205Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5206necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
c609719b 5207
218ca724
WD
5208 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5209 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
c609719b 5210
2f8d396b
PT
5211Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5212 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5213 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5214 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5215
5216 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5217
5218 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5219 be executed on computers running Windows.
5220
218ca724
WD
5221U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5222sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
c609719b
WD
5223is done by typing:
5224
ab584d67 5225 make NAME_defconfig
c609719b 5226
ab584d67 5227where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4d675ae6 5228rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
db01a2ea 5229
2729af9d
WD
5230Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5231 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5232 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5233 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
11ccc33f 5234 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
2729af9d 5235
ab584d67 5236 make TQM823L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5237 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5238
ab584d67 5239 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5240 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5241
5242 etc.
5243
5244
5245Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5246images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5247
5248- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5249- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5250- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5251
baf31249
MB
5252By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5253in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5254this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5255
52561. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5257
5258 make O=/tmp/build distclean
ab584d67 5259 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5260 make O=/tmp/build all
5261
adbba996 52622. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
baf31249 5263
adbba996 5264 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
baf31249 5265 make distclean
ab584d67 5266 make NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5267 make all
5268
adbba996 5269Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
baf31249
MB
5270variable.
5271
2729af9d
WD
5272
5273Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5274for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5275native "make".
5276
5277
5278If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5279to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5280steps:
5281
52821. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4d675ae6
MJ
5283 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5284 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
2729af9d
WD
52852. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5286 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5287 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
52883. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5289 your board
52903. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5291 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
ab584d67 52924. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
2729af9d
WD
52935. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5294 to be installed on your target system.
52956. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5296 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5297
5298
5299Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5300==============================================================
5301
218ca724
WD
5302If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5303or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
2729af9d
WD
5304provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5305the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
218ca724 5306official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
2729af9d 5307
218ca724
WD
5308But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5309cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
2729af9d
WD
5310the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5311just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
218ca724
WD
5312for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5313select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5314environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5315you can type
2729af9d
WD
5316
5317 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5318
5319or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5320
5321 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5322
218ca724
WD
5323When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5324U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5325setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5326built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5327<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5328location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5329variable. For example:
baf31249
MB
5330
5331 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5332 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5333 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5334
218ca724
WD
5335With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5336log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5337during the whole build process.
baf31249
MB
5338
5339
2729af9d
WD
5340See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5341
5342
5343Monitor Commands - Overview:
5344============================
5345
5346go - start application at address 'addr'
5347run - run commands in an environment variable
5348bootm - boot application image from memory
5349bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
44f074c7 5350bootz - boot zImage from memory
2729af9d
WD
5351tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5352 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5353 (and eventually "gatewayip")
1fb7cd49 5354tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
2729af9d
WD
5355rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5356diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5357loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5358loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5359md - memory display
5360mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5361nm - memory modify (constant address)
5362mw - memory write (fill)
5363cp - memory copy
5364cmp - memory compare
5365crc32 - checksum calculation
0f89c54b 5366i2c - I2C sub-system
2729af9d
WD
5367sspi - SPI utility commands
5368base - print or set address offset
5369printenv- print environment variables
5370setenv - set environment variables
5371saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5372protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5373erase - erase FLASH memory
5374flinfo - print FLASH memory information
10635afa 5375nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
2729af9d
WD
5376bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5377iminfo - print header information for application image
5378coninfo - print console devices and informations
5379ide - IDE sub-system
5380loop - infinite loop on address range
56523f12 5381loopw - infinite write loop on address range
2729af9d
WD
5382mtest - simple RAM test
5383icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5384dcache - enable or disable data cache
5385reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5386echo - echo args to console
5387version - print monitor version
5388help - print online help
5389? - alias for 'help'
5390
5391
5392Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5393========================================
5394
5395TODO.
5396
5397For now: just type "help <command>".
5398
5399
5400Environment Variables:
5401======================
5402
5403U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5404can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
c609719b 5405
2729af9d
WD
5406Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5407"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5408without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5409environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5410working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5411environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
c609719b 5412
c96f86ee
WD
5413Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5414
5415List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
c609719b 5416
2729af9d 5417 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
c609719b 5418
2729af9d 5419 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
c609719b 5420
2729af9d 5421 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4a6fd34b 5422
2729af9d 5423 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
c609719b 5424
2729af9d 5425 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
c609719b 5426
7d721e34
BS
5427 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5428 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5429 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5430 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5431 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5432 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
c3624e6e
GL
5433 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5434 bootm_mapsize.
5435
c0f40859 5436 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
c3624e6e
GL
5437 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5438 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5439 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5440 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5441 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5442 used otherwise.
7d721e34
BS
5443
5444 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5445 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5446 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5447 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5448 environment variable.
5449
4bae9090
BS
5450 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5451 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5452 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5453
2729af9d
WD
5454 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5455 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5456 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5457 load any image using TFTP
c609719b 5458
2729af9d
WD
5459 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5460 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5461 be automatically started (by internally calling
5462 "bootm")
38b99261 5463
2729af9d
WD
5464 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5465 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5466 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5467 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5468 data.
c609719b 5469
a28afca5
DL
5470 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5471 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
fa34f6b2
SG
5472 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5473 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5474 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5475 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5476 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5477 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5478 access it during the boot procedure.
5479
a28afca5
DL
5480 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5481 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5482 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5483 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5484 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5485 must be accessible by the kernel.
5486
eea63e05
SG
5487 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5488 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5489 defined.
5490
17ea1177
WD
5491 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5492 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5493 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5494 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5495 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5496
2729af9d
WD
5497 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5498 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5499 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5500 is usually what you want since it allows for
5501 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5502 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
6d0f6bcf 5503 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
2729af9d
WD
5504 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5505 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5506 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5507 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
c609719b 5508
2729af9d
WD
5509 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5510 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5511 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5512 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5513 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5514 12 MB as well - this can be done with
c609719b 5515
2729af9d 5516 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
c609719b 5517
2729af9d
WD
5518 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5519 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5520 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5521 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5522 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5523 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5524 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
c609719b 5525
2729af9d 5526 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
c609719b 5527
2729af9d
WD
5528 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5529 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
c609719b 5530
2729af9d 5531 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
a3d991bd 5532
2729af9d 5533 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
a3d991bd 5534
2729af9d 5535 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
a3d991bd 5536
2729af9d 5537 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
a3d991bd 5538
2729af9d 5539 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b 5540
e2a53458 5541 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
c609719b 5542
e2a53458
MF
5543 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5544 For example you can do the following
c609719b 5545
48690d80
HS
5546 => setenv ethact FEC
5547 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5548 => setenv ethact SCC
5549 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
c609719b 5550
e1692577
MF
5551 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5552 available network interfaces.
5553 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5554
c96f86ee 5555 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
2729af9d
WD
5556 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5557 When set to "once" the network operation will
5558 fail when all the available network interfaces
5559 are tried once without success.
5560 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5561 themselves.
c609719b 5562
b4e2f89d 5563 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
a1cf027a 5564
b445bbb4 5565 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
8d51aacd
SG
5566 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5567 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5568 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5569 is silent.
5570
28cb9375 5571 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
ecb0ccd9
WD
5572 UDP source port.
5573
28cb9375
WD
5574 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5575 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5576
c96f86ee
WD
5577 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5578 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5579
5580 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5581 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5582 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5583 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5584 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5585 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5586 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5587
5588 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
11ccc33f 5589 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
2729af9d 5590 VLAN tagged frames.
c609719b 5591
dc0b7b0e
JH
5592The following image location variables contain the location of images
5593used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5594not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5595variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5596server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5597loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5598flash or offset in NAND flash.
5599
5600*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5601boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5602boards use these variables for other purposes.
5603
c0f40859
WD
5604Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5605----- --------- ----------- --------------
5606u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5607Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5608device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5609ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
dc0b7b0e 5610
2729af9d
WD
5611The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5612updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5613depending the information provided by your boot server:
c609719b 5614
2729af9d
WD
5615 bootfile - see above
5616 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5617 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5618 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5619 hostname - Target hostname
5620 ipaddr - see above
5621 netmask - Subnet Mask
5622 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5623 serverip - see above
c1551ea8 5624
c1551ea8 5625
2729af9d 5626There are two special Environment Variables:
c1551ea8 5627
2729af9d
WD
5628 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5629 as type string and/or serial number
5630 ethaddr - Ethernet address
c609719b 5631
2729af9d
WD
5632These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5633the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5634once they have been set once.
c609719b 5635
f07771cc 5636
2729af9d 5637Further special Environment Variables:
f07771cc 5638
2729af9d
WD
5639 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5640 with the "version" command. This variable is
5641 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
f07771cc 5642
f07771cc 5643
2729af9d
WD
5644Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5645only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
f07771cc 5646
f07771cc 5647
170ab110
JH
5648Callback functions for environment variables:
5649---------------------------------------------
5650
5651For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
b445bbb4 5652when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
170ab110
JH
5653be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5654deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5655effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5656
5657The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5658U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5659
5660These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5661static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5662in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5663associations. The list must be in the following format:
5664
5665 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5666 list = entry[,list]
5667
5668If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5669Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5670
5671Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5672with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5673override any association in the static list. You can define
5674CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
b445bbb4 5675".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
170ab110
JH
5676
5677
2729af9d
WD
5678Command Line Parsing:
5679=====================
f07771cc 5680
2729af9d
WD
5681There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5682the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
c609719b 5683
2729af9d
WD
5684Old, simple command line parser:
5685--------------------------------
c609719b 5686
2729af9d
WD
5687- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5688- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
fe126d8b 5689- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
2729af9d
WD
5690- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5691 for example:
fe126d8b 5692 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
2729af9d
WD
5693- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5694 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
c609719b 5695
2729af9d
WD
5696Hush shell:
5697-----------
c609719b 5698
2729af9d
WD
5699- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5700 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5701 until...do...done, ...
5702- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5703 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5704 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5705 command
5706
5707General rules:
5708--------------
c609719b 5709
2729af9d
WD
5710(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5711 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5712 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5713 executed anyway.
c609719b 5714
2729af9d 5715(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
11ccc33f 5716 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
2729af9d
WD
5717 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5718 variables are not executed.
c609719b 5719
2729af9d
WD
5720Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5721=======================================
c609719b 5722
11ccc33f 5723Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
2729af9d
WD
5724such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5725"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
c609719b 5726
2729af9d
WD
5727Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5728MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5729"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
c609719b 5730
2729af9d
WD
5731If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5732in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5733ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5734variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
c609719b 5735
2729af9d
WD
5736o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5737 environment, the SROM's address is used.
c609719b 5738
2729af9d
WD
5739o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5740 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5741 used.
c609719b 5742
2729af9d
WD
5743o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5744 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
c609719b 5745
2729af9d
WD
5746o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5747 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5748 warning is printed.
c609719b 5749
2729af9d
WD
5750o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5751 is raised.
c609719b 5752
ecee9324 5753If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
c0f40859 5754will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
ecee9324
BW
5755may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5756The naming convention is as follows:
5757"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
c609719b 5758
2729af9d
WD
5759Image Formats:
5760==============
c609719b 5761
3310c549
MB
5762U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5763images in two formats:
5764
5765New uImage format (FIT)
5766-----------------------
5767
5768Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5769to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5770components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5771SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5772
5773
5774Old uImage format
5775-----------------
5776
5777Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5778preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5779details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
c609719b 5780
2729af9d
WD
5781* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5782 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
f5ed9e39
PT
5783 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5784 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5785 INTEGRITY).
7b64fef3 5786* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
afc1ce82
ML
5787 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5788 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
2729af9d
WD
5789* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5790* Load Address
5791* Entry Point
5792* Image Name
5793* Image Timestamp
c609719b 5794
2729af9d
WD
5795The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5796and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5797CRC32 checksums.
c609719b
WD
5798
5799
2729af9d
WD
5800Linux Support:
5801==============
c609719b 5802
2729af9d
WD
5803Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5804easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5805U-Boot.
c609719b 5806
2729af9d
WD
5807U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5808special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5809"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5810instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5811serves several purposes:
c609719b 5812
2729af9d
WD
5813- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5814 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5815 Flash memory footprint)
c609719b 5816
2729af9d
WD
5817- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5818 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
c609719b 5819
2729af9d
WD
5820- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5821 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5822 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5823 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5824 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5825 software is easier now.
c609719b 5826
c609719b 5827
2729af9d
WD
5828Linux HOWTO:
5829============
c609719b 5830
2729af9d
WD
5831Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5832---------------------------------------
c609719b 5833
2729af9d
WD
5834U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5835configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5836(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5837Linux :-).
c609719b 5838
a47a12be 5839But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
24ee89b9 5840
2729af9d
WD
5841Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5842include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
1dc30693
MH
5843Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5844and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
6d0f6bcf 5845as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
24ee89b9 5846
2eb31b13
SG
5847Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5848If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5849is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5850doc/driver-model.
5851
c609719b 5852
2729af9d
WD
5853Configuring the Linux kernel:
5854-----------------------------
c609719b 5855
2729af9d
WD
5856No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5857device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5858
5859
5860Building a Linux Image:
5861-----------------------
c609719b 5862
2729af9d
WD
5863With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5864not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5865"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5866U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5867which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5868100% compatible format.
5869
5870Example:
5871
ab584d67 5872 make TQM850L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5873 make oldconfig
5874 make dep
5875 make uImage
5876
5877The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5878encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5879CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5880
5881* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5882
5883* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5884
5885 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5886 -R .note -R .comment \
5887 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5888
5889* compress the binary image:
5890
5891 gzip -9 linux.bin
5892
5893* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5894
5895 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5896 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5897 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
c609719b 5898
c609719b 5899
2729af9d
WD
5900The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5901with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5902combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5903byte header containing information about target architecture,
5904operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5905stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5906
5907"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5908print the header information, or to build new images.
5909
5910In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5911contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5912checksum verification:
c609719b 5913
2729af9d
WD
5914 tools/mkimage -l image
5915 -l ==> list image header information
5916
5917The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5918from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5919
5920 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5921 -n name -d data_file image
5922 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5923 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5924 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5925 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5926 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5927 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5928 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5929 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5930
69459791
WD
5931Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5932address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5933kernel version:
2729af9d
WD
5934
5935- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5936- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5937
5938So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5939
5940 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5941 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5942 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
2729af9d
WD
5943 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5944 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5945 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5946 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5947 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5948 Load Address: 0x00000000
5949 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5950
5951To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5952
5953 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5954 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5955 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5956 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5957 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5958 Load Address: 0x00000000
5959 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5960
5961NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5962speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5963needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5964need to be uncompressed:
5965
a47a12be 5966 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
2729af9d
WD
5967 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5968 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5969 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
2729af9d
WD
5970 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5971 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5972 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5973 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5974 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5975 Load Address: 0x00000000
5976 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5977
5978
5979Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5980when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5981
5982 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5983 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5984 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5985 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5986 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5987 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5988 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5989 Load Address: 0x00000000
5990 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5991
a804b5ce
GMF
5992The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5993option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5994option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5995from the image:
5996
f41f5b7c
GMF
5997 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5998 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5999 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
6000 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
a804b5ce 6001
2729af9d
WD
6002
6003Installing a Linux Image:
6004-------------------------
6005
6006To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
6007you must convert the image to S-Record format:
6008
6009 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
6010
6011The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
6012image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
6013address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
6014specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
6015command.
6016
6017Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
6018TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
6019
6020 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
6021
6022 .......... done
6023 Erased 8 sectors
6024
6025 => loads 40100000
6026 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6027 ~>examples/image.srec
6028 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
6029 ...
6030 15989 15990 15991 15992
6031 [file transfer complete]
6032 [connected]
6033 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
6034
6035
6036You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
218ca724 6037this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
2729af9d
WD
6038corruption happened:
6039
6040 => imi 40100000
6041
6042 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
6043 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6044 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6045 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6046 Load Address: 00000000
6047 Entry Point: 0000000c
6048 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6049
6050
6051Boot Linux:
6052-----------
6053
6054The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
6055memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
6056of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
6057parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
6058"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
6059
6060
6061 => printenv bootargs
6062 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
6063
6064 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
6065
6066 => printenv bootargs
6067 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
6068
6069 => bootm 40020000
6070 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
6071 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
6072 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6073 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
6074 Load Address: 00000000
6075 Entry Point: 0000000c
6076 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6077 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6078 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
6079 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
6080 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6081 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6082 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
6083 ...
6084
11ccc33f 6085If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
2729af9d
WD
6086the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
6087format!) to the "bootm" command:
6088
6089 => imi 40100000 40200000
6090
6091 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
6092 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6093 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6094 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6095 Load Address: 00000000
6096 Entry Point: 0000000c
6097 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6098
6099 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6100 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6101 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6102 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6103 Load Address: 00000000
6104 Entry Point: 00000000
6105 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6106
6107 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6108 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6109 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6110 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6111 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6112 Load Address: 00000000
6113 Entry Point: 0000000c
6114 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6115 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6116 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6117 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6118 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6119 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6120 Load Address: 00000000
6121 Entry Point: 00000000
6122 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6123 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6124 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6125 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6126 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6127 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6128 ...
6129 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6130 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
6131
6132 bash#
6133
0267768e
MM
6134Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6135-----------
6136
6137First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6138titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6139following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6140flat device tree:
6141
6142=> print oftaddr
6143oftaddr=0x300000
6144=> print oft
6145oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6146=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6147Speed: 1000, full duplex
6148Using TSEC0 device
6149TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6150Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6151Load address: 0x300000
6152Loading: #
6153done
6154Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6155=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6156Speed: 1000, full duplex
6157Using TSEC0 device
6158TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6159Filename 'uImage'.
6160Load address: 0x200000
6161Loading:############
6162done
6163Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6164=> print loadaddr
6165loadaddr=200000
6166=> print oftaddr
6167oftaddr=0x300000
6168=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6169## Booting image at 00200000 ...
a9398e01
WD
6170 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6171 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6172 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
0267768e 6173 Load Address: 00000000
a9398e01 6174 Entry Point: 00000000
0267768e
MM
6175 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6176 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6177Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6178Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6179Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6180[snip]
6181
6182
2729af9d
WD
6183More About U-Boot Image Types:
6184------------------------------
6185
6186U-Boot supports the following image types:
6187
6188 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6189 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6190 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6191 the Standalone Program.
6192 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6193 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6194 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6195 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6196 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6197 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6198 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6199 being started.
6200 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6201 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6202 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6203 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6204 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6205 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
6206
6207 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6208 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6209 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6210 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6211 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6212 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6213
6214 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6215 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6216 flash memory.
6217
6218 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6219 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6220 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6221 as command interpreter.
6222
44f074c7
MV
6223Booting the Linux zImage:
6224-------------------------
6225
6226On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6227using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6228as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6229
8ac28563 6230Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
017e1f3f
MV
6231kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6232address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6233format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6234
2729af9d
WD
6235
6236Standalone HOWTO:
6237=================
6238
6239One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6240run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6241U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6242
6243Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6244
6245"Hello World" Demo:
6246-------------------
6247
6248'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6249application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6250It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6251like that:
6252
6253 => loads
6254 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6255 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6256 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6257 [file transfer complete]
6258 [connected]
6259 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6260
6261 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6262 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6263 Hello World
6264 argc = 7
6265 argv[0] = "40004"
6266 argv[1] = "Hello"
6267 argv[2] = "World!"
6268 argv[3] = "This"
6269 argv[4] = "is"
6270 argv[5] = "a"
6271 argv[6] = "test."
6272 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6273 Hit any key to exit ...
6274
6275 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6276
6277Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6278handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6279Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6280The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6281character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6282controlled by the following keys:
6283
6284 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6285 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6286 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6287 q - quit application
6288
6289 => loads
6290 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6291 ~>examples/timer.srec
6292 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6293 [file transfer complete]
6294 [connected]
6295 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6296
6297 => go 40004
6298 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6299 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6300 Using timer 1
6301 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6302
6303Hit 'b':
6304 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6305 Enabling timer
6306Hit '?':
6307 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6308 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6309Hit '?':
6310 [q, b, e, ?] .
6311 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6312Hit '?':
6313 [q, b, e, ?] .
6314 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6315Hit '?':
6316 [q, b, e, ?] .
6317 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6318Hit 'e':
6319 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6320Hit 'q':
6321 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6322
6323
6324Minicom warning:
6325================
6326
6327Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6328"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6329consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6330Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6331especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
e53515a2
KP
6332use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6333http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6334for help with kermit.
6335
2729af9d
WD
6336
6337Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6338configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6339
6340 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6341 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6342 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6343
6344
6345NetBSD Notes:
6346=============
6347
6348Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6349(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6350
6351Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6352NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6353need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6354Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6355attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6356missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6357
6358 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6359 # mkdir powerpc
6360 # ln -s powerpc machine
6361 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6362 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6363
6364Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6365and U-Boot include files.
6366
6367Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6368stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6369proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6370tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
2a8af187 6371meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
2729af9d
WD
6372
6373
6374Implementation Internals:
6375=========================
6376
6377The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6378implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6379inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6380hardware.
6381
6382
6383Initial Stack, Global Data:
6384---------------------------
6385
6386The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6387starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6388system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6389This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6390is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6391at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6392options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6393models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6394MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6395locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6396
218ca724 6397 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
0668236b 6398 U-Boot mailing list:
2729af9d
WD
6399
6400 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6401 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6402 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6403 ...
6404
6405 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6406 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6407 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6408 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6409 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
11ccc33f 6410 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
2729af9d
WD
6411 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6412 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6413
6414 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6415 is another option for the system designer to use as an
11ccc33f 6416 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
2729af9d
WD
6417 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6418 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6419 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6420 used.
6421
6d0f6bcf 6422 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
2729af9d
WD
6423 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6424 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
8a316c9b 6425 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
2729af9d
WD
6426 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6427 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6428 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6429 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6430 you get the config right.
6431
6432 -Chris Hallinan
6433 DS4.COM, Inc.
6434
6435It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6436code for the initialization procedures:
6437
6438* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6439 to write it.
6440
b445bbb4 6441* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
2729af9d
WD
6442 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6443 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6444
6445* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6446 that.
6447
6448Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
b445bbb4 6449normal global data to share information between the code. But it
2729af9d
WD
6450turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6451simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6452functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6453functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6454the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6455place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6456reserve for this purpose.
6457
6458When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6459relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6460GCC's implementation.
6461
6462For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6463 R1: stack pointer
e7670f6c 6464 R2: reserved for system use
2729af9d
WD
6465 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6466 R5-R10: parameter passing
6467 R13: small data area pointer
6468 R30: GOT pointer
6469 R31: frame pointer
6470
e6bee808
JT
6471 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6472 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6473 going back and forth between asm and C)
2729af9d 6474
e7670f6c 6475 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
2729af9d
WD
6476
6477 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6478 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6479 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6480 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6481 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6482 624 text + 127 data).
6483
c4db335c 6484On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
4c58eb55
MF
6485 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6486
c4db335c 6487 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
4c58eb55 6488
2729af9d
WD
6489On ARM, the following registers are used:
6490
6491 R0: function argument word/integer result
6492 R1-R3: function argument word
12eba1b4
JH
6493 R9: platform specific
6494 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
2729af9d
WD
6495 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6496 R12: temporary workspace
6497 R13: stack pointer
6498 R14: link register
6499 R15: program counter
6500
12eba1b4
JH
6501 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6502
6503 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
2729af9d 6504
0df01fd3
TC
6505On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6506 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6507
6508 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6509
6510 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6511 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6512
afc1ce82
ML
6513On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6514
6515 R0-R1: argument/return
6516 R2-R5: argument
6517 R15: temporary register for assembler
6518 R16: trampoline register
6519 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6520 R29: global pointer (GP)
6521 R30: link register (LP)
6522 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6523 PC: program counter (PC)
6524
6525 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6526
d87080b7
WD
6527NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6528or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
2729af9d
WD
6529
6530Memory Management:
6531------------------
6532
6533U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6534MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6535
6536The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6537controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6538memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6539physical memory banks.
6540
6541U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6542TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6543booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6544to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6d0f6bcf 6545memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
2729af9d
WD
6546configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6547Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6548
6549Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6550of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6551
6552So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6553this:
6554
6555 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6556 :
6557 0x0000 1FFF
6558 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6559 :
6560 :
6561
6562 :
6563 :
6564 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6565 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6566 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6567 :
6568 0x00FD FFFF
6569 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6570 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6571 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6572 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6573
6574
6575System Initialization:
6576----------------------
c609719b 6577
2729af9d 6578In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
11ccc33f 6579(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
b445bbb4 6580configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
2729af9d
WD
6581To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6582To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6583initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6584which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6585part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6586the caches and the SIU.
6587
6588Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6589preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6590(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6591on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6592programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6593simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6594banks.
6595
6596When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6597different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6598bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65990x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6600contiguous memory starting from 0.
6601
6602Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6603and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6604Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6605pages, and the final stack is set up.
6606
6607Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6608until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6609running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6610new address in RAM.
6611
6612
6613U-Boot Porting Guide:
6614----------------------
c609719b 6615
2729af9d
WD
6616[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6617list, October 2002]
c609719b
WD
6618
6619
6c3fef28 6620int main(int argc, char *argv[])
2729af9d
WD
6621{
6622 sighandler_t no_more_time;
c609719b 6623
6c3fef28
JVB
6624 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6625 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
c609719b 6626
2729af9d 6627 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6c3fef28 6628 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
c609719b
WD
6629 return 0;
6630 }
6631
2729af9d
WD
6632 Download latest U-Boot source;
6633
0668236b 6634 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
2729af9d 6635
6c3fef28
JVB
6636 if (clueless)
6637 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
2729af9d
WD
6638
6639 while (learning) {
6640 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6c3fef28
JVB
6641 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6642 Read applicable doc/*.README;
2729af9d 6643 Read the source, Luke;
6c3fef28 6644 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
2729af9d
WD
6645 }
6646
6c3fef28
JVB
6647 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6648 Buy a BDI3000;
6649 else
2729af9d 6650 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
2729af9d 6651
6c3fef28
JVB
6652 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6653 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6654 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6655 } else {
6656 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6657 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6658 }
6659 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6660 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6661
6662 while (!accepted) {
6663 while (!running) {
6664 do {
6665 Add / modify source code;
6666 } until (compiles);
6667 Debug;
6668 if (clueless)
6669 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6670 }
6671 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6672 if (reasonable critiques)
6673 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6674 else
6675 Defend code as written;
2729af9d 6676 }
2729af9d
WD
6677
6678 return 0;
6679}
6680
6681void no_more_time (int sig)
6682{
6683 hire_a_guru();
6684}
6685
c609719b 6686
2729af9d
WD
6687Coding Standards:
6688-----------------
c609719b 6689
2729af9d 6690All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
2c051651 6691coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
7ca9296e 6692"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
2c051651
DZ
6693
6694Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6695MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
b445bbb4 6696reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
2c051651
DZ
6697sources.
6698
6699Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6700Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6701in your code.
c609719b 6702
2729af9d
WD
6703Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6704- remove any trailing white space
7ca9296e 6705- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
2729af9d 6706- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
7ca9296e 6707- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
2729af9d 6708- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
180d3f74 6709
2729af9d
WD
6710Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6711with a request to reformat the changes.
c609719b
WD
6712
6713
2729af9d
WD
6714Submitting Patches:
6715-------------------
c609719b 6716
2729af9d
WD
6717Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6718establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6719may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
c609719b 6720
0d28f34b 6721Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
218ca724 6722
0668236b
WD
6723Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6724see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6725
2729af9d
WD
6726When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6727it:
c609719b 6728
2729af9d
WD
6729* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6730 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6731 patch actually fixes something.
c609719b 6732
2729af9d
WD
6733* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6734 implementation.
c609719b 6735
2729af9d 6736* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
c609719b 6737
2729af9d 6738* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
c609719b 6739
27af930e
AA
6740* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6741 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
c609719b 6742
2729af9d
WD
6743* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6744 document these in the README file.
c609719b 6745
218ca724
WD
6746* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6747 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
7ca9296e 6748 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
218ca724
WD
6749 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6750 with some other mail clients.
6751
6752 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6753 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6754 GNU diff.
c609719b 6755
218ca724
WD
6756 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6757 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6758 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6759 affected files).
6dff5529 6760
218ca724
WD
6761 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6762 and compressed attachments must not be used.
c609719b 6763
2729af9d
WD
6764* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6765 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
52f52c14 6766
2729af9d
WD
6767* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6768 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
8bde7f77 6769
52f52c14 6770
2729af9d 6771Notes:
c609719b 6772
2729af9d
WD
6773* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6774 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6775 for any of the boards.
c609719b 6776
2729af9d
WD
6777* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6778 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6779 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
c609719b 6780
2729af9d
WD
6781* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6782 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6783 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6784 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6785 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6786 modification.
90dc6704 6787
0668236b
WD
6788* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6789 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6790 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6791 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.